1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 28 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 29 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 30 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 31 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 32 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 35 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 38 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 39 // FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 40 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 41 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 42 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 43 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 44 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 45 #include <algorithm> 46 #include <cstring> 47 #include <functional> 48 using namespace clang; 49 using namespace sema; 50 51 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 52 if (OwnedType) { 53 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 54 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 55 } 56 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 58 } 59 60 namespace { 61 62 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 63 public: 64 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 65 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 66 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 67 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 68 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 69 } 70 71 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 72 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 73 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 74 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 75 else 76 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 77 } 78 79 private: 80 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 81 bool WantClassName; 82 }; 83 84 } 85 86 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 87 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 88 switch (Kind) { 89 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 90 // token kind is a valid type specifier 91 case tok::kw_short: 92 case tok::kw_long: 93 case tok::kw___int64: 94 case tok::kw___int128: 95 case tok::kw_signed: 96 case tok::kw_unsigned: 97 case tok::kw_void: 98 case tok::kw_char: 99 case tok::kw_int: 100 case tok::kw_half: 101 case tok::kw_float: 102 case tok::kw_double: 103 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 104 case tok::kw_bool: 105 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 106 return true; 107 108 case tok::annot_typename: 109 case tok::kw_char16_t: 110 case tok::kw_char32_t: 111 case tok::kw_typeof: 112 case tok::kw_decltype: 113 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 114 115 default: 116 break; 117 } 118 119 return false; 120 } 121 122 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 123 /// return the declaration of that type. 124 /// 125 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 126 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 127 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 128 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 129 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 130 /// 131 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 132 /// and then return NULL. 133 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 134 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 135 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 136 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 137 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 138 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 139 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 140 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 141 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 142 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 143 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 144 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 145 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 146 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 147 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 148 149 if (!LookupCtx) { 150 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 151 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 152 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 153 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 154 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 155 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 156 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 157 // 158 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 159 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 160 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 161 return ParsedType(); 162 163 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 164 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 165 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 166 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 167 168 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 169 QualType T = 170 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 171 II, NameLoc); 172 173 return ParsedType::make(T); 174 } 175 176 return ParsedType(); 177 } 178 179 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 180 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 181 return ParsedType(); 182 } 183 184 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 185 // lookup for class-names. 186 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 187 LookupOrdinaryName; 188 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 189 if (LookupCtx) { 190 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 191 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 192 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 193 // nested-name-specifier. 194 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 195 196 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 197 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 198 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 199 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 200 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 201 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 202 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 203 LookupName(Result, S); 204 } 205 } else { 206 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 207 LookupName(Result, S); 208 } 209 210 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 211 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 212 case LookupResult::NotFound: 213 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 214 if (CorrectedII) { 215 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 216 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 217 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 218 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 219 TemplateTy Template; 220 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 221 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 222 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 223 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 224 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 225 if (SS && NNS) { 226 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 227 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 228 } 229 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 230 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 231 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 232 // is handled elsewhere). 233 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 234 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 235 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 236 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 237 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 238 IsCtorOrDtorName, 239 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 240 if (Ty) { 241 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 242 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 243 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 244 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 245 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName 246 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 247 CorrectedStr); 248 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 249 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 250 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 251 252 if (SS && NNS) 253 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 254 *CorrectedII = NewII; 255 return Ty; 256 } 257 } 258 } 259 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 260 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 261 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 262 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 263 return ParsedType(); 264 265 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 266 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 267 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 268 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 269 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 270 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 271 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 272 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 273 return ParsedType(); 274 } 275 276 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 277 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 278 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 279 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 280 if (!IIDecl || 281 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 282 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 283 IIDecl = *Res; 284 } 285 } 286 287 if (!IIDecl) { 288 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 289 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 290 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 291 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 292 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 293 // a type name. 294 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 295 return ParsedType(); 296 } 297 298 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 299 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 300 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 301 // perform the name lookup again. 302 break; 303 304 case LookupResult::Found: 305 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 306 break; 307 } 308 309 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 310 311 QualType T; 312 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 313 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 314 315 if (T.isNull()) 316 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 317 318 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 319 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 320 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 321 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 322 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 323 // Construct a type with type-source information. 324 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 325 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 326 327 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 328 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 329 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 330 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 331 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 332 } else { 333 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 334 } 335 } 336 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 337 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 338 if (!HasTrailingDot) 339 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 340 } 341 342 if (T.isNull()) { 343 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 344 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 345 return ParsedType(); 346 } 347 return ParsedType::make(T); 348 } 349 350 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 351 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 352 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 353 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 354 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 355 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 356 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 357 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 358 LookupName(R, S, false); 359 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 360 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 361 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 362 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 363 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 364 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 365 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 366 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 367 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 368 } 369 } 370 371 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 372 } 373 374 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 375 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 376 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 377 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 378 /// @code 379 /// template<class T> class A { 380 /// public: 381 /// typedef int TYPE; 382 /// }; 383 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 384 /// public: 385 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 386 /// }; 387 /// @endcode 388 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 389 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 390 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 391 392 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 393 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 394 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 395 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 396 return true; 397 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 398 } 399 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 400 } 401 402 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 403 SourceLocation IILoc, 404 Scope *S, 405 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 406 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 407 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 408 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 409 410 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 411 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 412 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 413 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 414 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 415 Validator)) { 416 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 417 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 418 419 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 420 // We corrected to a keyword. 421 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 422 if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID())) 423 CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr; 424 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 425 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 426 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 427 II = NewII; 428 } else { 429 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 430 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 431 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 432 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 433 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 434 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 435 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 436 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 437 << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 438 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 439 else 440 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 441 442 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 443 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 444 445 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 446 false, false, ParsedType(), 447 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 448 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 449 } 450 return true; 451 } 452 453 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 454 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 455 UnqualifiedId Name; 456 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 457 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 458 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 459 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 460 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 461 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 462 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 463 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 464 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 465 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 466 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 467 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 468 } 469 return true; 470 } 471 } 472 473 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 474 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 475 476 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 477 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 478 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 479 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 480 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 481 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 482 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 483 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 484 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 485 486 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 487 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 488 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 489 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 490 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 491 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 492 } else { 493 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 494 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 495 } 496 497 return true; 498 } 499 500 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 501 /// or 502 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 503 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 504 NextToken.is(tok::less); 505 506 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 507 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 508 return true; 509 510 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 511 return true; 512 } 513 514 return false; 515 } 516 517 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 518 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 519 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 520 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 521 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 522 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 523 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 524 const char *TagName = 0; 525 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 526 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 527 case TTK_Class: 528 TagName = "class"; 529 FixItTagName = "class "; 530 break; 531 532 case TTK_Enum: 533 TagName = "enum"; 534 FixItTagName = "enum "; 535 break; 536 537 case TTK_Struct: 538 TagName = "struct"; 539 FixItTagName = "struct "; 540 break; 541 542 case TTK_Interface: 543 TagName = "__interface"; 544 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 545 break; 546 547 case TTK_Union: 548 TagName = "union"; 549 FixItTagName = "union "; 550 break; 551 } 552 553 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 554 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 555 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 556 557 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 558 I != IEnd; ++I) 559 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 560 << Name << TagName; 561 562 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 563 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 564 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 565 return true; 566 } 567 568 return false; 569 } 570 571 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 572 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 573 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 574 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 575 576 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 577 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 578 579 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 580 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 581 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 582 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 583 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 584 } 585 586 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 587 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 588 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 589 SourceLocation NameLoc, 590 const Token &NextToken, 591 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 592 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 593 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 594 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 595 596 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 597 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 598 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 599 600 } 601 602 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 603 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 604 605 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 606 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 607 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 608 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 609 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 610 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 611 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 612 return E; 613 } 614 615 bool SecondTry = false; 616 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 617 618 Corrected: 619 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 620 case LookupResult::NotFound: 621 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 622 // call. 623 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 624 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 625 // FIXME: Reference? 626 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 627 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 628 629 // C90 6.3.2.2: 630 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 631 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 632 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 633 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 634 // the function call, the declaration 635 // 636 // extern int identifier (); 637 // 638 // appeared. 639 // 640 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 641 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 642 Result.addDecl(D); 643 Result.resolveKind(); 644 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 645 } 646 } 647 648 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 649 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 650 // "struct", or "union". 651 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 652 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 653 break; 654 } 655 656 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 657 // close to this name. 658 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 659 SecondTry = true; 660 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 661 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 662 &SS, *CCC)) { 663 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 664 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 665 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 666 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 667 668 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 669 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 670 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 671 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 672 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 673 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 674 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 675 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 676 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 677 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 678 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 679 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 680 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 681 } 682 683 if (SS.isEmpty()) 684 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 685 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 686 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 687 else 688 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 689 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 690 << SS.getRange() 691 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 692 693 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 694 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 695 696 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 697 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 698 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 699 700 // Also update the LookupResult... 701 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 702 Result.clear(); 703 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 704 if (FirstDecl) { 705 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 706 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 707 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 708 } 709 710 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 711 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 712 // reference the ivar. 713 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 714 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 715 Result.clear(); 716 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 717 return E; 718 } 719 720 goto Corrected; 721 } 722 } 723 724 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 725 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 726 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 727 728 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 729 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 730 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 731 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 732 733 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 734 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 735 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 736 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 737 // qualified by the keyword typename. 738 // 739 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 740 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 741 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 742 // keyword here. 743 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 744 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 745 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 746 } 747 748 case LookupResult::Found: 749 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 750 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 751 break; 752 753 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 754 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 755 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 756 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 757 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 758 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 759 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 760 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 761 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 762 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 763 // ambiguous. 764 // 765 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 766 // so try again after filtering out template names. 767 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 768 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 769 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 770 break; 771 } 772 } 773 774 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 775 return NameClassification::Error(); 776 } 777 778 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 779 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 780 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 781 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 782 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 783 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 784 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 785 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 786 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 787 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 788 789 if (!Result.empty()) { 790 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 791 TemplateName Template; 792 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 793 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 794 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 795 Result.end()); 796 } else { 797 TemplateDecl *TD 798 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 799 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 800 801 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 802 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 803 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 804 TD); 805 else 806 Template = TemplateName(TD); 807 } 808 809 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 810 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 811 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 812 // to based on which function we selected. 813 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 814 815 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 816 } 817 818 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 819 } 820 } 821 822 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 823 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 824 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 825 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 826 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 827 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 828 return ParsedType::make(T); 829 } 830 831 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 832 if (!Class) { 833 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 834 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 835 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 836 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 837 } 838 839 if (Class) { 840 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 841 842 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 843 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 844 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 845 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 846 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 847 } 848 849 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 850 return ParsedType::make(T); 851 } 852 853 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 854 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 855 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 856 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 857 858 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 859 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 860 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 861 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 862 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 863 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 864 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 865 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 866 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 867 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 868 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 869 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 870 return ParsedType::make(T); 871 } 872 } 873 874 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 875 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 876 877 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 878 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 879 } 880 881 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 882 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 883 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 884 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 885 886 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 887 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 888 // the context we'll need to return to. 889 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 890 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 891 892 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 893 // lexical context. 894 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 895 return DC; 896 897 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 898 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 899 // class is the context we need to return to. 900 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 901 DC = RD; 902 903 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 904 // declared in. 905 return DC; 906 } 907 908 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 909 } 910 911 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 912 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 913 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 914 CurContext = DC; 915 S->setEntity(DC); 916 } 917 918 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 919 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 920 921 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 922 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 923 } 924 925 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 926 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 927 /// 928 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 929 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 930 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 931 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 932 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 933 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 934 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 935 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 936 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 937 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 938 // namespace. 939 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 940 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 941 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 942 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 943 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 944 945 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 946 947 #ifndef NDEBUG 948 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 949 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 950 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 951 #endif 952 953 CurContext = DC; 954 S->setEntity(DC); 955 } 956 957 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 958 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 959 960 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 961 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 962 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 963 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 964 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 965 966 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 967 // disappear. 968 } 969 970 971 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 972 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 973 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 974 // We assume that the caller has already called 975 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 976 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 977 } 978 if (!FD) 979 return; 980 981 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 982 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 983 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 984 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 985 CurContext = FD; 986 S->setEntity(CurContext); 987 988 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 989 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 990 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 991 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 992 S->AddDecl(Param); 993 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 994 } 995 } 996 } 997 998 999 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1000 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1001 // rather than the top-level class. 1002 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1003 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1004 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1005 } 1006 1007 1008 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1009 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1010 /// 1011 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1012 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1013 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1014 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1015 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1016 /// attribute. 1017 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1018 ASTContext &Context) { 1019 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1020 return true; 1021 1022 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1023 return true; 1024 1025 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1026 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1027 } 1028 1029 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1030 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1031 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1032 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1033 // scope. 1034 while (S->getEntity() && 1035 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 1036 S = S->getParent(); 1037 1038 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1039 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1040 // into any context. 1041 if (AddToContext) 1042 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1043 1044 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 1045 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 1046 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 1047 D->isOutOfLine() && 1048 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1049 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 1050 return; 1051 1052 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1053 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1054 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1055 return; 1056 1057 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1058 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1059 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1060 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1061 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1062 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1063 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1064 1065 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1066 break; 1067 } 1068 } 1069 1070 S->AddDecl(D); 1071 1072 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1073 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1074 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1075 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1076 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1077 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1078 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1079 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1080 continue; 1081 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1082 break; 1083 } 1084 1085 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1086 } else { 1087 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1088 } 1089 } 1090 1091 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1092 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1093 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1094 } 1095 1096 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1097 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1098 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 1099 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1100 } 1101 1102 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1103 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1104 do { 1105 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 1106 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1107 return S; 1108 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1109 1110 return 0; 1111 } 1112 1113 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1114 DeclContext*, 1115 ASTContext&); 1116 1117 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1118 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1119 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1120 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1121 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1122 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1123 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1124 while (F.hasNext()) { 1125 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1126 1127 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1128 continue; 1129 1130 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1131 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1132 continue; 1133 1134 F.erase(); 1135 } 1136 1137 F.done(); 1138 } 1139 1140 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1141 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1142 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1143 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1144 } 1145 1146 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1147 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1148 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1149 while (F.hasNext()) 1150 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1151 F.erase(); 1152 1153 F.done(); 1154 } 1155 1156 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1157 /// @code 1158 /// class S { 1159 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1160 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1161 /// }; 1162 /// @endcode 1163 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1164 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1165 // the decl here. 1166 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1167 return false; 1168 1169 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1170 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1171 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1172 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1173 return false; 1174 } 1175 1176 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1177 assert(D); 1178 1179 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1180 return false; 1181 1182 // Ignore class templates. 1183 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1184 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1185 return false; 1186 1187 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1188 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1189 return false; 1190 1191 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1192 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1193 return false; 1194 } else { 1195 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1196 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1197 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1198 return false; 1199 } 1200 1201 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1202 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1203 return false; 1204 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1205 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1206 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 1207 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1208 return false; 1209 1210 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1211 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1212 return false; 1213 1214 } else { 1215 return false; 1216 } 1217 1218 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1219 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 1220 return false; 1221 1222 return true; 1223 } 1224 1225 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1226 if (!D) 1227 return; 1228 1229 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1230 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1231 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1232 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1233 } 1234 1235 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1236 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1237 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1238 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1239 } 1240 1241 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1242 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1243 } 1244 1245 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1246 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1247 return false; 1248 1249 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1250 return false; 1251 1252 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1253 return true; 1254 1255 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1256 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1257 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1258 return false; 1259 1260 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1261 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1262 1263 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1264 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1265 1266 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1267 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 1268 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1269 return false; 1270 } 1271 1272 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1273 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1274 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1275 return false; 1276 1277 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1278 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1279 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1280 return false; 1281 1282 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1283 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1284 return false; 1285 1286 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1287 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1288 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1289 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1290 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1291 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1292 return false; 1293 } 1294 } 1295 } 1296 } 1297 1298 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1299 } 1300 1301 return true; 1302 } 1303 1304 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1305 FixItHint &Hint) { 1306 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1307 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1308 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1309 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1310 return; 1311 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1312 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1313 } 1314 return; 1315 } 1316 1317 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1318 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1319 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1320 FixItHint Hint; 1321 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1322 return; 1323 1324 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1325 1326 unsigned DiagID; 1327 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1328 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1329 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1330 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1331 else 1332 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1333 1334 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1335 } 1336 1337 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1338 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1339 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1340 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1341 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1342 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1343 } 1344 1345 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1346 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1347 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1348 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1349 1350 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1351 I != E; ++I) { 1352 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1353 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1354 1355 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1356 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1357 1358 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1359 1360 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1361 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1362 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1363 1364 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1365 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1366 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1367 1368 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1369 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1370 } 1371 } 1372 1373 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1374 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1375 } 1376 1377 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1378 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1379 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1380 } 1381 1382 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1383 /// 1384 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1385 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1386 /// to the fixed name. 1387 /// 1388 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1389 /// 1390 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1391 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1392 /// 1393 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1394 /// class could not be found. 1395 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1396 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1397 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1398 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1399 // creation from this context. 1400 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1401 1402 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1403 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1404 // find an Objective-C class name. 1405 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1406 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1407 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1408 Validator)) { 1409 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1410 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1411 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1412 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1413 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1414 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1415 1416 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1417 } 1418 } 1419 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1420 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1421 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1422 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1423 return Def; 1424 } 1425 1426 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1427 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1428 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1429 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1430 /// ill-formed in C++: 1431 /// @code 1432 /// struct S6 { 1433 /// enum { BAR } e; 1434 /// }; 1435 /// 1436 /// void test_S6() { 1437 /// struct S6 a; 1438 /// a.e = BAR; 1439 /// } 1440 /// @endcode 1441 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1442 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1443 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1444 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1445 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1446 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1447 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1448 /// contain non-field names. 1449 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1450 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1451 (S->getEntity() && 1452 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1453 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1454 S = S->getParent(); 1455 return S; 1456 } 1457 1458 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1459 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1460 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1461 /// built-in. 1462 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1463 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1464 SourceLocation Loc) { 1465 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1466 1467 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1468 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1469 switch (Error) { 1470 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1471 // Okay 1472 break; 1473 1474 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1475 if (ForRedeclaration) 1476 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1477 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1478 return 0; 1479 1480 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1481 if (ForRedeclaration) 1482 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1483 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1484 return 0; 1485 1486 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1487 if (ForRedeclaration) 1488 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1489 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1490 return 0; 1491 } 1492 1493 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1494 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1495 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1496 << R; 1497 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1498 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1499 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1500 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1501 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1502 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1503 } 1504 1505 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1506 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1507 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1508 SC_Extern, 1509 SC_None, false, 1510 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1511 New->setImplicit(); 1512 1513 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1514 // FunctionDecl. 1515 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1516 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1517 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1518 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1519 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1520 SourceLocation(), 0, 1521 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1522 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1523 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1524 Params.push_back(parm); 1525 } 1526 New->setParams(Params); 1527 } 1528 1529 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1530 1531 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1532 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1533 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1534 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1535 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1536 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1537 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1538 CurContext = SavedContext; 1539 return New; 1540 } 1541 1542 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1543 QualType OldType; 1544 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1545 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1546 else 1547 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1548 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1549 1550 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1551 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1552 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1553 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1554 << Kind << NewType; 1555 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1556 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1557 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1558 return true; 1559 } 1560 1561 if (OldType != NewType && 1562 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1563 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1564 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1565 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1566 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1567 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1568 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1569 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1570 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1571 return true; 1572 } 1573 return false; 1574 } 1575 1576 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1577 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1578 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1579 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1580 /// 1581 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1582 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1583 // merging checks. 1584 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1585 1586 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1587 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1588 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1589 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1590 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1591 default: break; 1592 case 2: 1593 { 1594 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1595 break; 1596 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1597 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1598 break; 1599 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1600 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1601 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1602 break; 1603 } 1604 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1605 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1606 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1607 return; 1608 } 1609 case 5: 1610 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1611 break; 1612 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1613 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1614 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1615 return; 1616 case 3: 1617 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1618 break; 1619 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1620 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1621 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1622 return; 1623 } 1624 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1625 } 1626 1627 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1628 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1629 if (!Old) { 1630 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1631 << New->getDeclName(); 1632 1633 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1634 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1635 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1636 1637 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1638 } 1639 1640 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1641 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1642 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1643 1644 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1645 // with any extensions enabled. 1646 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1647 return; 1648 1649 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1650 // declaration was a typedef. 1651 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1652 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1653 1654 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1655 return; 1656 1657 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1658 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1659 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1660 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1661 // to the type to which it already refers. 1662 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1663 return; 1664 1665 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1666 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1667 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1668 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1669 // 1670 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1671 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1672 // 1673 // struct S { 1674 // typedef struct A { } A; 1675 // }; 1676 // 1677 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1678 // allow the above but disallow 1679 // 1680 // struct S { 1681 // typedef int I; 1682 // typedef int I; 1683 // }; 1684 // 1685 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1686 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1687 return; 1688 1689 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1690 << New->getDeclName(); 1691 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1692 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1693 } 1694 1695 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1696 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1697 return; 1698 1699 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1700 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1701 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1702 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1703 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1704 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1705 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1706 return; 1707 1708 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1709 << New->getDeclName(); 1710 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1711 return; 1712 } 1713 1714 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1715 /// attribute. 1716 static bool 1717 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1718 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1719 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1720 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1721 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1722 if (AA) 1723 return false; 1724 1725 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1726 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1727 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1728 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1729 if (Ann) { 1730 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1731 return true; 1732 continue; 1733 } 1734 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1735 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1736 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1737 return true; 1738 } 1739 1740 return false; 1741 } 1742 1743 bool Sema::mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr) { 1744 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1745 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1746 NewAttr = mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1747 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1748 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1749 AA->getMessage()); 1750 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1751 NewAttr = mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility()); 1752 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1753 NewAttr = mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange()); 1754 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1755 NewAttr = mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange()); 1756 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1757 NewAttr = mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1758 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg()); 1759 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1760 NewAttr = mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName()); 1761 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 1762 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(Context)); 1763 1764 if (NewAttr) { 1765 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1766 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 1767 return true; 1768 } 1769 1770 return false; 1771 } 1772 1773 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 1774 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1775 return TD->getDefinition(); 1776 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1777 return VD->getDefinition(); 1778 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1779 const FunctionDecl* Def; 1780 if (FD->hasBody(Def)) 1781 return Def; 1782 } 1783 return NULL; 1784 } 1785 1786 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 1787 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 1788 I != E; ++I) { 1789 Attr *Attribute = *I; 1790 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 1791 return true; 1792 } 1793 return false; 1794 } 1795 1796 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 1797 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 1798 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 1799 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 1800 return; 1801 1802 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 1803 if (!Def || Def == New) 1804 return; 1805 1806 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 1807 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 1808 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 1809 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 1810 ++I; 1811 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 1812 } 1813 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 1814 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 1815 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1816 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 1817 --E; 1818 } 1819 } 1820 1821 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1822 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, 1823 bool MergeDeprecation) { 1824 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 1825 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 1826 1827 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1828 return; 1829 1830 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 1831 1832 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1833 // we process them. 1834 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1835 1836 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1837 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1838 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 1839 i != e; ++i) { 1840 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 1841 if (!MergeDeprecation && 1842 (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 1843 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 1844 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i))) 1845 continue; 1846 1847 if (mergeDeclAttribute(New, *i)) 1848 foundAny = true; 1849 } 1850 1851 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 1852 } 1853 1854 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1855 /// to the new one. 1856 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1857 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1858 ASTContext &C) { 1859 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1860 return; 1861 1862 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1863 1864 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1865 // done before we process them. 1866 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1867 1868 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1869 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1870 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1871 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1872 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1873 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1874 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1875 foundAny = true; 1876 } 1877 } 1878 1879 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1880 } 1881 1882 namespace { 1883 1884 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1885 /// C. 1886 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1887 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1888 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1889 QualType PromotedType; 1890 }; 1891 1892 } 1893 1894 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1895 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1896 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1897 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 1898 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 1899 1900 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1901 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1902 1903 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 1904 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 1905 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 1906 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1907 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 1908 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1909 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 1910 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 1911 } 1912 1913 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 1914 } 1915 1916 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1917 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1918 /// GNU89 mode. 1919 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1920 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1921 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 1922 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1923 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1924 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1925 } 1926 1927 /// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given 1928 /// declaration? 1929 static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) { 1930 CallingConv ABIDefaultCC; 1931 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) { 1932 ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic()); 1933 } else { 1934 // Free C function or a static method. 1935 ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C); 1936 } 1937 return ABIDefaultCC == CC; 1938 } 1939 1940 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1941 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1942 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1943 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1944 /// 1945 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1946 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1947 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1948 /// merged with. 1949 /// 1950 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1951 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { 1952 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1953 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1954 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1955 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1956 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1957 else 1958 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1959 if (!Old) { 1960 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1961 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1962 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1963 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1964 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1965 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1966 return true; 1967 } 1968 1969 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1970 << New->getDeclName(); 1971 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1972 return true; 1973 } 1974 1975 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1976 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1977 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1978 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1979 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1980 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1981 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1982 else 1983 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1984 1985 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1986 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1987 1988 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1989 // is an extern inline function. 1990 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1991 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1992 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1993 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 1994 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 1995 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 1996 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1997 } else { 1998 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 1999 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2000 return true; 2001 } 2002 } 2003 2004 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 2005 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 2006 // calling convention of the first. 2007 // 2008 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2009 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2010 // 2011 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 2012 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 2013 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 2014 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 2015 // because it is the default calling convention. 2016 // 2017 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2018 // other tests to run. 2019 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2020 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2021 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2022 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2023 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2024 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2025 // Fast path: nothing to do. 2026 2027 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2028 // there but not here. 2029 } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 2030 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2031 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2032 2033 // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is 2034 // effectively the same as the explict one. 2035 } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default && 2036 isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), New)) { 2037 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2038 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2039 2040 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 2041 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 2042 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 2043 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2044 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2045 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 2046 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 2047 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 2048 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2049 return true; 2050 } 2051 2052 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2053 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2054 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2055 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2056 } 2057 2058 // Merge regparm attribute. 2059 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2060 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2061 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2062 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2063 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2064 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2065 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2066 return true; 2067 } 2068 2069 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2070 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2071 } 2072 2073 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2074 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2075 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2076 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2077 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2078 return true; 2079 } 2080 2081 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2082 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2083 } 2084 2085 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2086 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 2087 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 2088 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2089 } 2090 2091 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2092 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2093 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2094 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2095 // cannot be overloaded. 2096 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2097 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2098 QualType ResQT; 2099 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2100 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2101 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2102 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2103 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2104 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2105 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2106 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2107 else 2108 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2109 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2110 return true; 2111 } 2112 else 2113 NewQType = ResQT; 2114 } 2115 2116 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2117 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2118 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2119 // Preserve triviality. 2120 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2121 2122 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2123 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2124 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2125 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2126 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2127 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2128 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2129 2130 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2131 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2132 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2133 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2134 // is a static member function declaration. 2135 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2136 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2137 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2138 return true; 2139 } 2140 2141 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2142 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2143 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2144 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2145 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2146 unsigned NewDiag; 2147 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2148 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2149 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2150 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2151 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2152 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2153 else 2154 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2155 2156 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2157 } else { 2158 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2159 << New << New->getType(); 2160 } 2161 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2162 2163 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2164 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2165 // 2166 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2167 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2168 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2169 if (isFriend) { 2170 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2171 } else { 2172 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2173 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2174 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2175 return true; 2176 } 2177 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2178 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2179 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2180 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2181 return true; 2182 } 2183 } 2184 2185 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2186 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2187 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2188 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2189 2190 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2191 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2192 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2193 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2194 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2195 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2196 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2197 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2198 } 2199 2200 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2201 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2202 2203 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2204 } 2205 2206 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2207 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2208 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2209 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2210 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2211 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2212 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2213 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2214 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2215 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2216 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2217 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2218 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2219 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2220 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2221 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 2222 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2223 New->setType(NewQType); 2224 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2225 2226 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2227 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2228 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2229 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2230 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2231 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2232 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2233 SourceLocation(), 2234 SourceLocation(), 0, 2235 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2236 SC_None, SC_None, 2237 0); 2238 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2239 Param->setImplicit(); 2240 Params.push_back(Param); 2241 } 2242 2243 New->setParams(Params); 2244 } 2245 2246 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2247 } 2248 2249 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2250 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2251 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2252 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2253 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2254 // the prototype. 2255 // 2256 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2257 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2258 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2259 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2260 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2261 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2262 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2263 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2264 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2265 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2266 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2267 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2268 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2269 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2270 2271 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2272 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2273 NewProto->getResultType()); 2274 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2275 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2276 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2277 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2278 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2279 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2280 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2281 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2282 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2283 NewParm->getType(), 2284 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2285 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2286 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2287 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2288 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2289 } else 2290 LooseCompatible = false; 2291 } 2292 2293 if (LooseCompatible) { 2294 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2295 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2296 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2297 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2298 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2299 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2300 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2301 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2302 } 2303 2304 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 2305 ArgTypes.size(), 2306 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2307 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2308 } 2309 2310 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2311 } 2312 2313 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 2314 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 2315 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 2316 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 2317 // signature. 2318 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2319 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 2320 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 2321 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 2322 // library built-in. 2323 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2324 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2325 << Old << Old->getType(); 2326 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2327 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 2328 return false; 2329 } 2330 2331 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2332 } 2333 2334 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2335 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2336 return true; 2337 } 2338 2339 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2340 /// known to be compatible. 2341 /// 2342 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2343 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2344 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2345 /// redeclaration of Old. 2346 /// 2347 /// \returns false 2348 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2349 Scope *S) { 2350 // Merge the attributes 2351 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2352 2353 // Merge the storage class. 2354 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 2355 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 2356 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2357 2358 // Merge "pure" flag. 2359 if (Old->isPure()) 2360 New->setPure(); 2361 2362 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2363 // declarations. 2364 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2365 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2366 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2367 Context); 2368 2369 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2370 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2371 2372 return false; 2373 } 2374 2375 2376 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2377 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2378 2379 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2380 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, /* mergeDeprecation */true); 2381 2382 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2383 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2384 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2385 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2386 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2387 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2388 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 2389 2390 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true); 2391 } 2392 2393 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2394 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2395 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2396 /// 2397 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2398 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2399 /// is attached. 2400 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 2401 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2402 return; 2403 2404 QualType MergedT; 2405 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2406 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2407 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 2408 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2409 return; 2410 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2411 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2412 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2413 } 2414 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2415 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2416 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2417 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2418 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2419 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2420 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2421 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2422 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2423 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2424 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2425 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2426 MergedT = New->getType(); 2427 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2428 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2429 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2430 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2431 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2432 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2433 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2434 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2435 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2436 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2437 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2438 Old->getType()); 2439 } 2440 } else { 2441 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2442 } 2443 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2444 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2445 << New->getDeclName(); 2446 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2447 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2448 } 2449 New->setType(MergedT); 2450 } 2451 2452 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2453 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2454 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2455 /// 2456 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2457 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2458 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2459 /// 2460 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2461 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2462 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2463 return; 2464 2465 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2466 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2467 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2468 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2469 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2470 << New->getDeclName(); 2471 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2472 diag::note_previous_definition); 2473 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2474 } 2475 2476 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2477 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2478 // 2479 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2480 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2481 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2482 << New->getIdentifier(); 2483 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2484 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2485 } 2486 2487 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2488 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2489 // declaration 2490 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2491 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2492 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2493 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2494 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2495 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2496 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2497 } 2498 2499 // Merge the types. 2500 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2501 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2502 return; 2503 2504 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2505 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2506 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2507 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2508 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2509 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2510 } 2511 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2512 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2513 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2514 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2515 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2516 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2517 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2518 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2519 // identifier has external linkage. 2520 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2521 /* Okay */; 2522 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2523 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2524 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2525 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2526 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2527 } 2528 2529 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2530 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2531 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2532 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2533 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2534 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2535 } 2536 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2537 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2538 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2539 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2540 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2541 } 2542 2543 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2544 2545 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2546 // need to check for mismatches. 2547 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2548 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2549 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2550 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2551 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2552 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2553 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2554 } 2555 2556 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2557 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2558 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2559 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2560 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2561 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2562 } 2563 2564 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2565 const VarDecl *Def; 2566 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2567 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2568 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2569 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2570 << New->getDeclName(); 2571 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2572 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2573 return; 2574 } 2575 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2576 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2577 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2578 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2579 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2580 // specified at the prior declaration. 2581 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2582 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2583 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 2584 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 2585 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2586 2587 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2588 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2589 2590 // Inherit access appropriately. 2591 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2592 } 2593 2594 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2595 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2596 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2597 DeclSpec &DS) { 2598 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 2599 } 2600 2601 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2602 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2603 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2604 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2605 DeclSpec &DS, 2606 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2607 Decl *TagD = 0; 2608 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2609 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2610 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2611 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 2612 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2613 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2614 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2615 2616 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2617 return 0; 2618 2619 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2620 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2621 // it's a Type. 2622 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 2623 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2624 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 2625 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 2626 } 2627 2628 if (Tag) { 2629 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 2630 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 2631 return Tag; 2632 } 2633 2634 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2635 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2636 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2637 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2638 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2639 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2640 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2641 } 2642 2643 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 2644 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 2645 // and definitions of functions and variables. 2646 if (Tag) 2647 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 2648 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2649 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2650 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 2651 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 2652 else 2653 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 2654 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 2655 return TagD; 2656 } 2657 2658 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2659 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2660 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2661 if (TagD && !Tag) 2662 return 0; 2663 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2664 } 2665 2666 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2667 // declarators. 2668 bool emittedWarning = false; 2669 2670 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2671 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 2672 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2673 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 2674 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2675 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2676 2677 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2678 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2679 emittedWarning = true; 2680 } 2681 } 2682 2683 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2684 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2685 CurContext->isRecord() && 2686 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2687 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2688 // struct STRUCT; 2689 // and 2690 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2691 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2692 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 2693 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2694 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2695 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2696 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2697 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2698 } 2699 } 2700 2701 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2702 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2703 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2704 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2705 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2706 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2707 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2708 emittedWarning = true; 2709 } 2710 2711 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2712 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2713 2714 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2715 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2716 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2717 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2718 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2719 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2720 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2721 return Tag; 2722 } 2723 2724 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2725 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2726 emittedWarning = true; 2727 } 2728 2729 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2730 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2731 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2732 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2733 return TagD; 2734 2735 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2736 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2737 // useless. 2738 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2739 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2740 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2741 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2742 2743 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2744 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2745 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2746 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2747 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2748 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2749 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2750 // Restrict is covered above. 2751 } 2752 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2753 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2754 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2755 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2756 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2757 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2758 2759 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 2760 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2761 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 2762 << Tag->getTagKind() 2763 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 2764 2765 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 2766 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 2767 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 2768 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 2769 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 2770 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2771 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2772 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 2773 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2774 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2775 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 2776 while (attrs) { 2777 Diag(attrs->getScopeLoc(), 2778 diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 2779 << attrs->getName() 2780 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2781 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2782 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 2783 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 2784 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 2785 } 2786 } 2787 } 2788 2789 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 2790 2791 return TagD; 2792 } 2793 2794 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2795 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2796 /// 2797 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2798 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2799 Scope *S, 2800 DeclContext *Owner, 2801 DeclarationName Name, 2802 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2803 unsigned diagnostic) { 2804 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2805 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2806 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2807 2808 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2809 return false; 2810 2811 // Pick a representative declaration. 2812 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2813 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2814 2815 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2816 return false; 2817 2818 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2819 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2820 2821 return true; 2822 } 2823 2824 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2825 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2826 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2827 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2828 /// struct, e.g., 2829 /// 2830 /// @code 2831 /// union { 2832 /// int i; 2833 /// float f; 2834 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2835 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2836 /// @endcode 2837 /// 2838 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2839 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2840 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2841 DeclContext *Owner, 2842 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2843 AccessSpecifier AS, 2844 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2845 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2846 unsigned diagKind 2847 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2848 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2849 2850 bool Invalid = false; 2851 2852 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2853 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2854 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2855 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2856 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2857 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2858 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2859 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2860 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2861 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2862 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2863 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2864 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2865 Invalid = true; 2866 } else { 2867 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2868 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2869 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2870 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2871 // anonymous union is declared. 2872 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2873 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2874 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2875 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2876 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2877 else 2878 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2879 2880 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2881 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2882 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2883 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2884 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2885 2886 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2887 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2888 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2889 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2890 2891 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2892 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2893 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2894 2895 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2896 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2897 2898 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2899 } 2900 } 2901 } 2902 2903 return Invalid; 2904 } 2905 2906 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2907 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2908 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2909 static StorageClass 2910 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2911 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2912 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2913 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2914 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2915 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2916 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2917 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2918 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2919 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2920 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2921 } 2922 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2923 } 2924 2925 /// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2926 /// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2927 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2928 static StorageClass 2929 StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2930 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2931 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2932 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2933 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2934 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2935 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2936 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2937 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2938 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2939 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2940 } 2941 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2942 } 2943 2944 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2945 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2946 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 2947 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 2948 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2949 AccessSpecifier AS, 2950 RecordDecl *Record) { 2951 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2952 2953 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2954 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 2955 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2956 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2957 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 2958 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 2959 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 2960 2961 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 2962 // structs/unions. 2963 bool Invalid = false; 2964 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2965 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 2966 unsigned DiagID; 2967 if (Record->isUnion()) { 2968 // C++ [class.union]p6: 2969 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 2970 // global namespace shall be declared static. 2971 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 2972 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 2973 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 2974 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 2975 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 2976 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 2977 2978 // Recover by adding 'static'. 2979 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 2980 PrevSpec, DiagID); 2981 } 2982 // C++ [class.union]p6: 2983 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 2984 // anonymous union in a class scope. 2985 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 2986 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2987 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2988 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 2989 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 2990 2991 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 2992 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 2993 SourceLocation(), 2994 PrevSpec, DiagID); 2995 } 2996 } 2997 2998 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 2999 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3000 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3001 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3002 << Record->isUnion() << 0 3003 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3004 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3005 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3006 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3007 << Record->isUnion() << 1 3008 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3009 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3010 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3011 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3012 << Record->isUnion() << 2 3013 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3014 3015 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3016 } 3017 3018 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3019 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3020 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3021 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3022 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 3023 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 3024 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 3025 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 3026 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3027 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3028 // members (clause 11). 3029 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3030 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3031 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3032 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3033 Invalid = true; 3034 } 3035 3036 // C++ [class.union]p1 3037 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3038 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3039 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3040 // array of such objects. 3041 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3042 Invalid = true; 3043 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 3044 // Any implicit members are fine. 3045 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3046 // This is a type that showed up in an 3047 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3048 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3049 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3050 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 3051 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3052 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3053 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3054 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3055 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3056 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3057 else { 3058 // This is a nested type declaration. 3059 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3060 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3061 Invalid = true; 3062 } 3063 } 3064 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 3065 // Any access specifier is fine. 3066 } else { 3067 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3068 // member. Complain about it. 3069 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3070 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 3071 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3072 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 3073 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3074 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 3075 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3076 3077 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3078 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3079 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3080 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3081 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3082 else { 3083 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 3084 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3085 Invalid = true; 3086 } 3087 } 3088 } 3089 } 3090 3091 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3092 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3093 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3094 Invalid = true; 3095 } 3096 3097 // Mock up a declarator. 3098 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3099 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3100 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3101 3102 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3103 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3104 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3105 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3106 DS.getLocStart(), 3107 Record->getLocation(), 3108 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3109 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3110 TInfo, 3111 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3112 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3113 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3114 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3115 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3116 } else { 3117 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3118 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3119 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3120 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3121 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3122 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3123 // an error here 3124 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3125 Invalid = true; 3126 SC = SC_None; 3127 } 3128 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3129 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3130 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3131 3132 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3133 DS.getLocStart(), 3134 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3135 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3136 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3137 3138 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3139 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3140 // initializer: 3141 // union { int n = 0; }; 3142 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3143 } 3144 Anon->setImplicit(); 3145 3146 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3147 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3148 // its members. 3149 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3150 3151 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3152 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3153 // purposes. 3154 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3155 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3156 3157 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3158 Chain, false)) 3159 Invalid = true; 3160 3161 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3162 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3163 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3164 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3165 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3166 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3167 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3168 3169 if (Invalid) 3170 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3171 3172 return Anon; 3173 } 3174 3175 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3176 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3177 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3178 /// Example: 3179 /// 3180 /// struct A { int a; }; 3181 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3182 /// 3183 /// void foo() { 3184 /// B var; 3185 /// var.a = 3; 3186 /// } 3187 /// 3188 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3189 RecordDecl *Record) { 3190 3191 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3192 if (!Record) 3193 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3194 3195 // Mock up a declarator. 3196 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3197 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3198 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3199 3200 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3201 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3202 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3203 DS.getLocStart(), 3204 DS.getLocStart(), 3205 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3206 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3207 TInfo, 3208 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3209 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3210 Anon->setImplicit(); 3211 3212 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3213 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3214 3215 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3216 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3217 // purposes. 3218 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3219 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3220 3221 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3222 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3223 RecordDef, AS_none, 3224 Chain, true)) 3225 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3226 3227 return Anon; 3228 } 3229 3230 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3231 /// given Declarator. 3232 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3233 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3234 } 3235 3236 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3237 DeclarationNameInfo 3238 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3239 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3240 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3241 3242 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3243 3244 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3245 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3246 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3247 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3248 return NameInfo; 3249 3250 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3251 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3252 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3253 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3254 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3255 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3256 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3257 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3258 return NameInfo; 3259 3260 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3261 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3262 Name.Identifier)); 3263 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3264 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3265 return NameInfo; 3266 3267 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3268 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3269 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3270 if (Ty.isNull()) 3271 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3272 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3273 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3274 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3275 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3276 return NameInfo; 3277 } 3278 3279 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3280 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3281 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3282 if (Ty.isNull()) 3283 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3284 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3285 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3286 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3287 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3288 return NameInfo; 3289 } 3290 3291 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3292 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3293 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3294 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3295 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3296 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3297 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3298 3299 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3300 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3301 3302 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3303 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3304 // was qualified. 3305 3306 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3307 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3308 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3309 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3310 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3311 return NameInfo; 3312 } 3313 3314 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3315 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3316 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3317 if (Ty.isNull()) 3318 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3319 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3320 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3321 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3322 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3323 return NameInfo; 3324 } 3325 3326 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3327 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3328 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3329 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3330 } 3331 3332 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3333 3334 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3335 } 3336 3337 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3338 do { 3339 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3340 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3341 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3342 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3343 else 3344 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3345 } while (true); 3346 } 3347 3348 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3349 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3350 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3351 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3352 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3353 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3354 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3355 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3356 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3357 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3358 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3359 Params.clear(); 3360 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3361 return false; 3362 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3363 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3364 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3365 3366 // The parameter types are identical 3367 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3368 continue; 3369 3370 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3371 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3372 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3373 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3374 3375 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3376 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3377 Params.push_back(Idx); 3378 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3379 return false; 3380 } 3381 3382 return true; 3383 } 3384 3385 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3386 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3387 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3388 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3389 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3390 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3391 DeclarationName Name) { 3392 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3393 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3394 // - types which will become injected class names 3395 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3396 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3397 // few cases here. 3398 3399 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3400 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3401 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3402 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3403 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3404 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3405 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3406 // Grab the type from the parser. 3407 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3408 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3409 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3410 3411 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3412 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3413 // attached already. 3414 if (!TSI) 3415 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3416 3417 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3418 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3419 if (!TSI) return true; 3420 3421 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3422 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3423 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3424 break; 3425 } 3426 3427 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3428 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3429 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3430 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3431 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3432 break; 3433 } 3434 3435 default: 3436 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3437 break; 3438 } 3439 3440 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3441 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3442 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3443 3444 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3445 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3446 // pointer. 3447 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3448 continue; 3449 3450 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3451 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3452 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3453 return true; 3454 } 3455 3456 return false; 3457 } 3458 3459 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3460 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3461 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3462 3463 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3464 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3465 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3466 3467 return Dcl; 3468 } 3469 3470 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3471 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3472 /// name different from T: 3473 /// - every static data member of class T; 3474 /// - every member function of class T 3475 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3476 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3477 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3478 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3479 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3480 3481 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3482 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3483 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3484 return true; 3485 } 3486 3487 return false; 3488 } 3489 3490 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 3491 /// nested-name-specifier. 3492 /// 3493 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3494 /// 3495 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 3496 /// resolves. 3497 /// 3498 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 3499 /// 3500 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 3501 /// 3502 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 3503 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 3504 DeclarationName Name, 3505 SourceLocation Loc) { 3506 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3507 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3508 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3509 3510 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3511 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 3512 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 3513 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 3514 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 3515 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 3516 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 3517 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 3518 3519 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 3520 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 3521 // 3522 // class X { 3523 // void X::f(); 3524 // }; 3525 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 3526 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 3527 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 3528 SS.clear(); 3529 return false; 3530 } 3531 3532 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 3533 // declaration. 3534 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3535 if (Cur->isRecord()) 3536 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3537 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3538 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 3539 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3540 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3541 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3542 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 3543 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3544 else 3545 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3546 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 3547 3548 return true; 3549 } 3550 3551 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 3552 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 3553 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3554 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3555 SS.clear(); 3556 3557 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 3558 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 3559 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 3560 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 3561 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 3562 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 3563 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 3564 return true; 3565 3566 return false; 3567 } 3568 3569 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 3570 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 3571 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 3572 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 3573 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 3574 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 3575 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 3576 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 3577 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 3578 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 3579 3580 return false; 3581 } 3582 3583 Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 3584 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 3585 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3586 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3587 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3588 3589 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 3590 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 3591 if (!Name) { 3592 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 3593 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 3594 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 3595 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 3596 return 0; 3597 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3598 return 0; 3599 3600 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 3601 // we find one that is. 3602 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 3603 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 3604 S = S->getParent(); 3605 3606 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 3607 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 3608 D.setInvalidType(); 3609 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3610 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3611 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 3612 return 0; 3613 3614 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3615 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 3616 if (!DC) { 3617 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 3618 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 3619 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 3620 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 3621 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3622 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 3623 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 3624 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3625 return 0; 3626 } 3627 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3628 3629 if (!IsDependentContext && 3630 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 3631 return 0; 3632 3633 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 3634 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3635 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 3636 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3637 D.setInvalidType(); 3638 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3639 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 3640 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 3641 if (DC->isRecord()) 3642 return 0; 3643 3644 D.setInvalidType(); 3645 } 3646 } 3647 3648 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3649 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3650 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3651 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3652 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3653 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3654 D.setInvalidType(); 3655 } 3656 } 3657 3658 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3659 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3660 // Just return early; it's safer. 3661 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3662 return 0; 3663 3664 NamedDecl *New; 3665 3666 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3667 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3668 3669 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3670 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3671 D.setInvalidType(); 3672 3673 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3674 ForRedeclaration); 3675 3676 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3677 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3678 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3679 3680 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3681 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3682 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3683 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3684 /* Do nothing*/; 3685 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3686 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3687 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3688 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3689 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3690 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3691 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3692 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3693 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3694 3695 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3696 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3697 3698 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3699 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3700 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3701 3702 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3703 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 3704 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 3705 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 3706 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 3707 // thereof; [...] 3708 // 3709 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 3710 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 3711 // we want to match. For example, given: 3712 // 3713 // class X { 3714 // void f(); 3715 // void f(float); 3716 // }; 3717 // 3718 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3719 // 3720 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 3721 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3722 // matches. 3723 3724 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3725 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 3726 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 3727 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3728 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3729 } 3730 3731 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3732 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3733 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3734 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3735 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3736 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3737 3738 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3739 Previous.clear(); 3740 } 3741 3742 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3743 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3744 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3745 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3746 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3747 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3748 Previous.clear(); 3749 3750 bool AddToScope = true; 3751 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3752 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3753 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3754 return 0; 3755 } 3756 3757 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 3758 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3759 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3760 TemplateParamLists, 3761 AddToScope); 3762 } else { 3763 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3764 TemplateParamLists); 3765 } 3766 3767 if (New == 0) 3768 return 0; 3769 3770 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3771 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3772 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 3773 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3774 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3775 3776 return New; 3777 } 3778 3779 /// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 3780 /// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 3781 /// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 3782 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3783 ASTContext &Context, 3784 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3785 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3786 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3787 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3788 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3789 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3790 SizeIsNegative = false; 3791 Oversized = 0; 3792 3793 if (T->isDependentType()) 3794 return QualType(); 3795 3796 QualifierCollector Qs; 3797 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3798 3799 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3800 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3801 QualType FixedType = 3802 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3803 Oversized); 3804 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3805 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3806 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3807 } 3808 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3809 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3810 QualType FixedType = 3811 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3812 Oversized); 3813 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3814 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3815 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3816 } 3817 3818 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3819 if (!VLATy) 3820 return QualType(); 3821 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3822 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3823 return QualType(); 3824 3825 llvm::APSInt Res; 3826 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3827 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 3828 return QualType(); 3829 3830 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3831 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3832 SizeIsNegative = true; 3833 return QualType(); 3834 } 3835 3836 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3837 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3838 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3839 Res); 3840 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3841 Oversized = Res; 3842 return QualType(); 3843 } 3844 3845 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3846 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3847 } 3848 3849 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 3850 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations 3851 void 3852 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 3853 const LookupResult &Previous, 3854 Scope *S) { 3855 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3856 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 3857 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 3858 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 3859 3860 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 3861 return; 3862 3863 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3864 3865 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 3866 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 3867 // declaration. 3868 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 3869 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 3870 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 3871 3872 if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 3873 // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope. 3874 // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain 3875 // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain. 3876 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND); 3877 3878 } else { 3879 // Find the scope for the original declaration. 3880 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 3881 S = S->getParent(); 3882 } 3883 3884 if (S) 3885 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 3886 } 3887 } 3888 3889 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 3890 Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 3891 if (ExternalSource) { 3892 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 3893 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 3894 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls); 3895 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 3896 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3897 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 3898 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3899 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 3900 } 3901 } 3902 3903 return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name); 3904 } 3905 3906 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 3907 /// does not identify a function. 3908 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 3909 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 3910 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 3911 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 3912 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3913 diag::err_inline_non_function); 3914 3915 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 3916 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3917 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3918 3919 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 3920 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3921 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 3922 } 3923 3924 NamedDecl* 3925 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3926 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 3927 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3928 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3929 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 3930 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3931 D.setInvalidType(); 3932 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 3933 DC = CurContext; 3934 Previous.clear(); 3935 } 3936 3937 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3938 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3939 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3940 } 3941 3942 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3943 3944 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3945 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3946 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 3947 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 3948 << 1; 3949 3950 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 3951 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 3952 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 3953 return 0; 3954 } 3955 3956 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 3957 if (!NewTD) return 0; 3958 3959 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3960 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 3961 3962 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 3963 3964 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 3965 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3966 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 3967 return ND; 3968 } 3969 3970 void 3971 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3972 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 3973 // then it shall have block scope. 3974 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 3975 // that redeclarations will match. 3976 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 3977 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 3978 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3979 3980 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3981 bool SizeIsNegative; 3982 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3983 QualType FixedTy = 3984 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3985 Oversized); 3986 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 3987 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3988 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 3989 } else { 3990 if (SizeIsNegative) 3991 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 3992 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 3993 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 3994 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 3995 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 3996 << Oversized.toString(10); 3997 else 3998 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3999 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4000 } 4001 } 4002 } 4003 } 4004 4005 4006 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4007 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4008 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4009 NamedDecl* 4010 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4011 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4012 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4013 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4014 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 4015 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4016 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4017 Redeclaration = true; 4018 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4019 } 4020 4021 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4022 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4023 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4024 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4025 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4026 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4027 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4028 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4029 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4030 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4031 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4032 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4033 } 4034 4035 return NewTD; 4036 } 4037 4038 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4039 /// previous declaration. 4040 /// 4041 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4042 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4043 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4044 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4045 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4046 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4047 /// 4048 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4049 /// lookup 4050 /// 4051 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4052 /// declared. 4053 /// 4054 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4055 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4056 static bool 4057 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4058 ASTContext &Context) { 4059 if (!PrevDecl) 4060 return false; 4061 4062 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4063 return false; 4064 4065 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4066 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4067 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4068 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4069 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4070 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4071 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4072 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4073 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4074 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4075 return false; 4076 4077 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4078 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4079 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4080 return false; 4081 4082 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4083 // previous declarations. 4084 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4085 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4086 4087 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4088 // isn't the same function. 4089 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4090 return false; 4091 } 4092 4093 return true; 4094 } 4095 4096 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4097 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4098 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4099 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4100 } 4101 4102 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4103 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4104 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4105 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4106 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4107 unsigned kind = -1U; 4108 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4109 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4110 kind = 0; // __block 4111 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4112 kind = 1; // global 4113 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4114 kind = 3; // ivar 4115 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4116 kind = 2; // field 4117 } 4118 4119 if (kind != -1U) { 4120 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4121 << kind; 4122 } 4123 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4124 // Try to infer lifetime. 4125 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4126 return false; 4127 4128 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4129 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4130 decl->setType(type); 4131 } 4132 4133 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4134 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4135 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4136 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 4137 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4138 << var->getType(); 4139 return true; 4140 } 4141 } 4142 4143 return false; 4144 } 4145 4146 NamedDecl* 4147 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4148 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4149 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4150 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4151 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4152 4153 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 4154 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4155 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4156 4157 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4158 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4159 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4160 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4161 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4162 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4163 // an error here 4164 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4165 D.setInvalidType(); 4166 SC = SC_None; 4167 } 4168 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4169 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4170 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4171 4172 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4173 if (!II) { 4174 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4175 << Name; 4176 return 0; 4177 } 4178 4179 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4180 4181 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4182 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4183 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4184 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4185 4186 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4187 // is a GNU extension. 4188 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4189 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4190 else 4191 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4192 D.setInvalidType(); 4193 } 4194 } 4195 4196 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4197 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4198 // OpenCL __local address space. 4199 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) 4200 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4201 } 4202 4203 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4204 VarDecl *NewVD; 4205 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4206 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4207 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4208 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4209 4210 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4211 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4212 } else { 4213 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4214 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 4215 if (SC == SC_Static) { 4216 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4217 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4218 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4219 } else if (SC == SC_None) 4220 SC = SC_Static; 4221 } 4222 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 4223 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 4224 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 4225 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4226 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 4227 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 4228 4229 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 4230 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 4231 if (RD->isUnion()) 4232 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4233 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x 4234 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 4235 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 4236 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 4237 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 4238 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4239 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 4240 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 4241 } 4242 } 4243 4244 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4245 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4246 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4247 bool Invalid = false; 4248 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4249 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4250 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4251 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4252 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4253 TemplateParamLists.data(), 4254 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4255 /*never a friend*/ false, 4256 isExplicitSpecialization, 4257 Invalid)) { 4258 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4259 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 4260 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 4261 << II 4262 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4263 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4264 return 0; 4265 } else { 4266 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 4267 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 4268 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4269 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 4270 << II 4271 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4272 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4273 } 4274 } 4275 4276 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4277 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4278 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4279 4280 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 4281 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 4282 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 4283 R->getContainedAutoType()) 4284 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 4285 4286 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 4287 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4288 4289 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 4290 4291 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4292 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4293 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4294 TemplateParamLists.data()); 4295 } 4296 4297 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4298 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 4299 } 4300 4301 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 4302 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4303 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4304 4305 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 4306 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4307 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 4308 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 4309 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 4310 else 4311 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 4312 } 4313 4314 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4315 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 4316 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4317 << 2 4318 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4319 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4320 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 4321 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 4322 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 4323 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4324 else 4325 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 4326 } 4327 4328 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4329 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 4330 4331 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 4332 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 4333 // storage [duration]." 4334 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4335 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 4336 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 4337 } 4338 4339 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 4340 // retainable type. 4341 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 4342 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4343 4344 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4345 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 4346 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4347 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4348 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 4349 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 4350 switch (SC) { 4351 case SC_None: 4352 case SC_Auto: 4353 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 4354 break; 4355 case SC_Register: 4356 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 4357 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 4358 break; 4359 case SC_Static: 4360 case SC_Extern: 4361 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4362 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4363 break; 4364 } 4365 } 4366 4367 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 4368 Context, Label)); 4369 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 4370 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 4371 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 4372 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 4373 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 4374 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 4375 } 4376 } 4377 4378 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 4379 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 4380 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 4381 4382 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 4383 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 4384 // declaration has linkage). 4385 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 4386 isExplicitSpecialization); 4387 4388 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4389 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4390 } else { 4391 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 4392 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4393 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4394 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 4395 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4396 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 4397 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4398 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 4399 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4400 Previous.clear(); 4401 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4402 } 4403 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4404 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 4405 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 4406 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 4407 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4408 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4409 } 4410 4411 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4412 4413 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 4414 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 4415 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 4416 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4417 } 4418 4419 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 4420 // such variables. 4421 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 4422 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4423 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 4424 4425 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4426 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 4427 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4428 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 4429 4430 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 4431 4432 return NewVD; 4433 } 4434 4435 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 4436 /// -Wshadow. 4437 /// 4438 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 4439 /// scope. 4440 /// 4441 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 4442 /// \param R the lookup of the name 4443 /// 4444 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 4445 // Return if warning is ignored. 4446 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 4447 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4448 return; 4449 4450 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 4451 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 4452 return; 4453 4454 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 4455 4456 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 4457 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 4458 return; 4459 4460 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4461 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4462 return; 4463 4464 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 4465 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4466 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 4467 if (MD->isStatic()) 4468 return; 4469 4470 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4471 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 4472 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 4473 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 4474 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 4475 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 4476 I != E; ++I) 4477 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 4478 ShadowedDecl = *I; 4479 break; 4480 } 4481 } 4482 4483 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 4484 4485 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 4486 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 4487 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 4488 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 4489 return; 4490 4491 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 4492 // static data members from base classes? 4493 4494 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 4495 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 4496 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 4497 } 4498 4499 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 4500 unsigned Kind; 4501 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 4502 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4503 Kind = 3; // field 4504 else 4505 Kind = 2; // static data member 4506 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 4507 Kind = 1; // global 4508 else 4509 Kind = 0; // local 4510 4511 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 4512 4513 // Emit warning and note. 4514 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 4515 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4516 } 4517 4518 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 4519 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 4520 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 4521 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4522 return; 4523 4524 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 4525 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4526 LookupName(R, S); 4527 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 4528 } 4529 4530 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 4531 /// declaration. 4532 /// 4533 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 4534 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 4535 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 4536 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 4537 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 4538 /// 4539 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 4540 /// 4541 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 4542 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 4543 LookupResult &Previous) { 4544 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 4545 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4546 return false; 4547 4548 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 4549 4550 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 4551 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 4552 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 4553 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4554 NewVD->setType(T); 4555 } 4556 4557 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 4558 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 4559 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 4560 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 4561 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 4562 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 4563 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4564 return false; 4565 } 4566 4567 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 4568 // scope. 4569 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 4570 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4571 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 4572 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4573 return false; 4574 } 4575 4576 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 4577 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4578 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4579 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 4580 else 4581 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 4582 } 4583 4584 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 4585 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 4586 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4587 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4588 4589 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 4590 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 4591 bool SizeIsNegative; 4592 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4593 QualType FixedTy = 4594 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4595 Oversized); 4596 4597 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 4598 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 4599 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 4600 // int a[10][n]; 4601 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 4602 4603 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4604 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 4605 << SizeRange; 4606 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 4607 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 4608 << SizeRange; 4609 else 4610 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 4611 << SizeRange; 4612 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4613 return false; 4614 } 4615 4616 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 4617 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4618 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4619 else 4620 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 4621 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4622 return false; 4623 } 4624 4625 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4626 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 4627 } 4628 4629 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 4630 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4631 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4632 // declaration with the same name. 4633 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4634 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 4635 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4636 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4637 } 4638 4639 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 4640 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 4641 << T; 4642 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4643 return false; 4644 } 4645 4646 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4647 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4648 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4649 return false; 4650 } 4651 4652 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4653 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 4654 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4655 return false; 4656 } 4657 4658 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 4659 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 4660 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 4661 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4662 return false; 4663 } 4664 4665 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4666 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 4667 return true; 4668 } 4669 return false; 4670 } 4671 4672 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 4673 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 4674 Sema *S; 4675 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 4676 }; 4677 4678 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 4679 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 4680 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 4681 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 4682 CXXBasePath &Path, 4683 void *UserData) { 4684 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 4685 4686 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 4687 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 4688 4689 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 4690 4691 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 4692 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4693 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 4694 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 4695 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 4696 4697 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 4698 } 4699 4700 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 4701 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 4702 ++Path.Decls.first) { 4703 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 4704 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 4705 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 4706 return true; 4707 } 4708 } 4709 4710 return false; 4711 } 4712 4713 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 4714 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 4715 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 4716 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 4717 CXXBasePaths Paths; 4718 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 4719 Data.Method = MD; 4720 Data.S = this; 4721 bool AddedAny = false; 4722 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 4723 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 4724 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4725 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 4726 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 4727 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 4728 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 4729 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 4730 AddedAny = true; 4731 } 4732 } 4733 } 4734 } 4735 4736 return AddedAny; 4737 } 4738 4739 namespace { 4740 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 4741 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 4742 struct ActOnFDArgs { 4743 Scope *S; 4744 Declarator &D; 4745 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 4746 bool AddToScope; 4747 }; 4748 } 4749 4750 namespace { 4751 4752 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 4753 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 4754 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 4755 public: 4756 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 4757 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 4758 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 4759 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 4760 4761 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 4762 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 4763 return false; 4764 4765 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4766 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 4767 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 4768 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 4769 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 4770 4771 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 4772 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4773 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 4774 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 4775 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 4776 return true; 4777 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 4778 return true; 4779 } 4780 } 4781 } 4782 4783 return false; 4784 } 4785 4786 private: 4787 ASTContext &Context; 4788 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 4789 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 4790 }; 4791 4792 } 4793 4794 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 4795 /// 4796 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 4797 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 4798 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 4799 /// the same name. 4800 /// 4801 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 4802 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 4803 static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 4804 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4805 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 4806 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 4807 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 4808 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 4809 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 4810 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4811 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4812 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 4813 TypoCorrection Correction; 4814 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4815 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 4816 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 4817 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 4818 4819 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4820 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 4821 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 4822 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 4823 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 4824 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 4825 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 4826 if (!Prev.empty()) { 4827 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 4828 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4829 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 4830 if (FD && 4831 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4832 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 4833 // involve a parameter 4834 unsigned ParamNum = 4835 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 4836 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 4837 } 4838 } 4839 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 4840 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 4841 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 4842 Validator, NewDC))) { 4843 // Trap errors. 4844 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 4845 4846 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 4847 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 4848 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4849 Previous.clear(); 4850 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 4851 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 4852 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 4853 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 4854 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 4855 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 4856 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4857 Previous.addDecl(FD); 4858 } 4859 } 4860 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 4861 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 4862 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 4863 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 4864 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 4865 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 4866 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 4867 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 4868 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 4869 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 4870 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 4871 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 4872 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4873 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 4874 Previous.clear(); 4875 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 4876 Result = NULL; 4877 } else { 4878 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 4879 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 4880 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4881 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 4882 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 4883 } 4884 } 4885 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 4886 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 4887 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 4888 } else { 4889 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 4890 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 4891 } 4892 } 4893 4894 if (Correction) { 4895 SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation()); 4896 CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4897 if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid()) 4898 FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc()); 4899 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg) 4900 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) 4901 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 4902 FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); 4903 } else { 4904 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 4905 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 4906 } 4907 4908 bool NewFDisConst = false; 4909 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4910 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 4911 4912 for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 4913 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 4914 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 4915 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 4916 bool FDisConst = false; 4917 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 4918 FDisConst = MD->isConst(); 4919 4920 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 4921 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 4922 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 4923 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 4924 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 4925 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 4926 } else if (Correction) { 4927 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 4928 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); 4929 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 4930 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 4931 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 4932 } else 4933 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 4934 } 4935 return Result; 4936 } 4937 4938 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 4939 Declarator &D) { 4940 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 4941 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 4942 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 4943 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 4944 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 4945 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4946 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 4947 D.setInvalidType(); 4948 break; 4949 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 4950 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 4951 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 4952 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4953 // C99 6.7.1p5: 4954 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 4955 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 4956 // other than extern 4957 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 4958 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4959 diag::err_static_block_func); 4960 break; 4961 } else 4962 return SC_Static; 4963 } 4964 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4965 } 4966 4967 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 4968 return SC_None; 4969 } 4970 4971 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 4972 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 4973 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4974 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 4975 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 4976 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4977 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4978 4979 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 4980 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 4981 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4982 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4983 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4984 4985 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4986 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4987 // prototype. This true when: 4988 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 4989 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 4990 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 4991 bool HasPrototype = 4992 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 4993 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 4994 4995 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 4996 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 4997 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4998 HasPrototype); 4999 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5000 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5001 5002 // Set the lexical context. 5003 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 5004 5005 return NewFD; 5006 } 5007 5008 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5009 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5010 5011 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 5012 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5013 // the class has been completely parsed. 5014 if (!DC->isRecord() && 5015 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5016 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 5017 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5018 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 5019 D.setInvalidType(); 5020 5021 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 5022 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 5023 assert(DC->isRecord() && 5024 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 5025 5026 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5027 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5028 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5029 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 5030 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 5031 isConstexpr); 5032 5033 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5034 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 5035 if (DC->isRecord()) { 5036 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5037 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5038 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 5039 SemaRef.Context, Record, 5040 D.getLocStart(), 5041 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 5042 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 5043 5044 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 5045 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 5046 // it yet. 5047 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() && 5048 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 5049 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 5050 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 5051 } 5052 5053 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5054 return NewDD; 5055 5056 } else { 5057 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 5058 D.setInvalidType(); 5059 5060 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 5061 // code path. 5062 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5063 D.getLocStart(), 5064 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 5065 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5066 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 5067 } 5068 5069 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 5070 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 5071 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5072 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 5073 return 0; 5074 } 5075 5076 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5077 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5078 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5079 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5080 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 5081 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5082 5083 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 5084 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 5085 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 5086 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 5087 // constructor if it has no return type). 5088 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 5089 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 5090 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 5091 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 5092 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5093 return 0; 5094 } 5095 5096 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 5097 5098 // [class.free]p1: 5099 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 5100 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5101 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 5102 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 5103 isStatic = true; 5104 5105 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 5106 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5107 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5108 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 5109 isStatic = true; 5110 5111 IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 5112 5113 // This is a C++ method declaration. 5114 return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5115 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5116 TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5117 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5118 5119 } else { 5120 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5121 // prototype. This true when: 5122 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 5123 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5124 D.getLocStart(), 5125 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5126 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 5127 } 5128 } 5129 5130 NamedDecl* 5131 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5132 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5133 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5134 bool &AddToScope) { 5135 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5136 5137 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 5138 5139 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5140 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5141 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5142 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 5143 5144 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5145 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5146 5147 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 5148 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 5149 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5150 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 5151 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 5152 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 5153 5154 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 5155 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5156 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 5157 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5158 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5159 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 5160 } 5161 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 5162 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 5163 } 5164 5165 bool isFriend = false; 5166 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 5167 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5168 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5169 5170 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 5171 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5172 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 5173 5174 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 5175 5176 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 5177 isVirtualOkay); 5178 if (!NewFD) return 0; 5179 5180 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 5181 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5182 5183 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5184 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5185 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 5186 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5187 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5188 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5189 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5190 // C++ [class.friend]p5 5191 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 5192 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 5193 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5194 } 5195 5196 // if this is a method defined in an __interface, set pure 5197 // (isVirtual will already return true) 5198 if (CXXRecordDecl *Parent = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 5199 NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 5200 if (Parent->getTagKind() == TTK_Interface) 5201 NewFD->setPure(true); 5202 } 5203 5204 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 5205 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5206 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5207 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5208 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5209 5210 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 5211 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 5212 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5213 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5214 5215 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5216 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5217 bool Invalid = false; 5218 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5219 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5220 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5221 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5222 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5223 TemplateParamLists.data(), 5224 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5225 isFriend, 5226 isExplicitSpecialization, 5227 Invalid)) { 5228 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5229 // This is a function template 5230 5231 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5232 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5233 return 0; 5234 5235 // A destructor cannot be a template. 5236 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5237 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 5238 return 0; 5239 } 5240 5241 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 5242 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 5243 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 5244 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 5245 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5246 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 5247 Invalid = true; 5248 } 5249 5250 5251 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 5252 NewFD->getLocation(), 5253 Name, TemplateParams, 5254 NewFD); 5255 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5256 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 5257 5258 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 5259 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 5260 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5261 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 5262 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5263 } 5264 } else { 5265 // This is a function template specialization. 5266 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5267 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5268 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5269 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5270 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5271 5272 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 5273 if (isFriend) { 5274 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 5275 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 5276 5277 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 5278 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 5279 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 5280 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 5281 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 5282 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 5283 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5284 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5285 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 5286 } 5287 5288 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 5289 << Name << RemoveRange 5290 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 5291 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 5292 } 5293 } 5294 } 5295 else { 5296 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 5297 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 5298 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 5299 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5300 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5301 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5302 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5303 } 5304 5305 if (Invalid) { 5306 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5307 if (FunctionTemplate) 5308 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5309 } 5310 5311 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 5312 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 5313 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 5314 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 5315 // 5316 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5317 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 5318 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5319 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5320 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5321 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 5322 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5323 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 5324 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5325 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5326 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 5327 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 5328 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5329 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 5330 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5331 } else { 5332 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 5333 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 5334 } 5335 } 5336 5337 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 5338 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 5339 // declaration. 5340 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5341 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5342 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 5343 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 5344 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 5345 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 5346 } 5347 } 5348 5349 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 5350 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 5351 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 5352 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 5353 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5354 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5355 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 5356 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5357 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 5358 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5359 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 5360 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5361 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 5362 // or conversion function. 5363 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5364 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 5365 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5366 } 5367 } 5368 5369 if (isConstexpr) { 5370 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 5371 // are implicitly inline. 5372 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5373 5374 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 5375 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 5376 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 5377 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 5378 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 5379 } 5380 5381 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 5382 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5383 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5384 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 5385 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 5386 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5387 << 0 5388 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 5389 } else { 5390 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 5391 if (FunctionTemplate) 5392 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5393 } 5394 } 5395 5396 if (isFriend) { 5397 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 5398 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5399 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5400 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 5401 } 5402 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5403 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5404 } 5405 5406 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 5407 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 5408 case FDK_Declaration: 5409 case FDK_Definition: 5410 break; 5411 5412 case FDK_Defaulted: 5413 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 5414 break; 5415 5416 case FDK_Deleted: 5417 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 5418 break; 5419 } 5420 5421 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 5422 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5423 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 5424 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 5425 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 5426 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5427 } 5428 5429 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 5430 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5431 // C++ [class.static]p1: 5432 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 5433 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 5434 // the class. 5435 5436 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 5437 // member function definition. 5438 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5439 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5440 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5441 } 5442 } 5443 5444 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 5445 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 5446 isExplicitSpecialization || 5447 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 5448 5449 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5450 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 5451 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5452 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5453 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 5454 SE->getString())); 5455 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5456 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5457 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 5458 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5459 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 5460 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5461 } 5462 } 5463 5464 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 5465 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 5466 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 5467 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 5468 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5469 5470 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 5471 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 5472 // single void argument. 5473 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 5474 // already checks for that case. 5475 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 5476 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 5477 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 5478 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 5479 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 5480 5481 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 5482 // typedef of void is not permitted. 5483 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5484 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 5485 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 5486 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 5487 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 5488 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 5489 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 5490 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 5491 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 5492 << IsTypeAlias; 5493 } 5494 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 5495 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 5496 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 5497 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 5498 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 5499 Params.push_back(Param); 5500 5501 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 5502 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5503 } 5504 } 5505 5506 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5507 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 5508 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 5509 // parameters for use in the declaration. 5510 // 5511 // @code 5512 // typedef void fn(int); 5513 // fn f; 5514 // @endcode 5515 5516 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 5517 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 5518 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 5519 ParmVarDecl *Param = 5520 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 5521 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 5522 Params.push_back(Param); 5523 } 5524 } else { 5525 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 5526 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 5527 } 5528 5529 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 5530 NewFD->setParams(Params); 5531 5532 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 5533 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 5534 // 5535 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 5536 // 5537 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 5538 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 5539 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 5540 5541 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 5542 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5543 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 5544 5545 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 5546 // because all functions have linkage. 5547 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5548 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5549 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 5550 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5551 } 5552 5553 // Handle attributes. 5554 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5555 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 5556 5557 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5558 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5559 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 5560 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5561 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5562 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5563 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5564 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5565 } 5566 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 5567 else if (!Previous.empty()) 5568 D.setRedeclaration(true); 5569 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5570 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5571 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5572 } else { 5573 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 5574 // argument list into our AST format. 5575 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5576 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 5577 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 5578 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5579 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 5580 TemplateId->NumArgs); 5581 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 5582 TemplateArgs); 5583 5584 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5585 5586 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5587 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5588 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 5589 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 5590 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 5591 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5592 5593 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5594 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5595 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5596 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 5597 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 5598 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 5599 // too few of them). 5600 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 5601 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 5602 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 5603 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5604 "template<> "); 5605 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5606 } else { 5607 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 5608 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5609 } 5610 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5611 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 5612 // wrote something like: 5613 // template <> friend void foo(int); 5614 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 5615 // friend void foo<>(int); 5616 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 5617 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5618 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5619 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5620 } 5621 5622 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 5623 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 5624 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 5625 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 5626 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 5627 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 5628 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 5629 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 5630 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 5631 InstantiationDependent))) { 5632 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 5633 "friend function specialization without template args"); 5634 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 5635 Previous)) 5636 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5637 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5638 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 5639 && !isFriend) { 5640 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 5641 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 5642 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 5643 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 5644 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5645 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 5646 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 5647 Previous)) 5648 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5649 5650 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 5651 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 5652 // specialization (14.7.3) 5653 if (SC != SC_None) { 5654 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 5655 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5656 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 5657 << SC 5658 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5659 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5660 5661 else 5662 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5663 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 5664 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5665 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5666 } 5667 5668 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5669 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 5670 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5671 } 5672 5673 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5674 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5675 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5676 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 5677 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 5678 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5679 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 5680 } else { 5681 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5682 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5683 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5684 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5685 } 5686 } 5687 5688 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5689 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5690 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5691 5692 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 5693 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 5694 : NewFD); 5695 5696 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 5697 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 5698 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5699 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 5700 5701 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 5702 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 5703 5704 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 5705 } 5706 5707 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 5708 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 5709 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 5710 5711 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 5712 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 5713 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5714 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 5715 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 5716 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 5717 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 5718 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 5719 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 5720 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 5721 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 5722 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5723 DC && DC->isRecord() && 5724 DC->isDependentContext()) 5725 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5726 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 5727 } 5728 5729 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5730 // Ignore all the rest of this. 5731 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 5732 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 5733 AddToScope }; 5734 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 5735 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 5736 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5737 5738 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 5739 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5740 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 5741 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 5742 5743 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 5744 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 5745 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 5746 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 5747 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 5748 // can actually do this check immediately. 5749 if (isFriend && 5750 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 5751 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 5752 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 5753 // ignore these 5754 } else { 5755 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 5756 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 5757 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 5758 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 5759 // 5760 // class X { 5761 // void f() const; 5762 // }; 5763 // 5764 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 5765 // 5766 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 5767 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 5768 // whether the parameter types are references). 5769 5770 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5771 NewFD, 5772 ExtraArgs)) { 5773 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5774 return Result; 5775 } 5776 } 5777 5778 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 5779 // to something. 5780 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 5781 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5782 NewFD, 5783 ExtraArgs)) { 5784 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5785 return Result; 5786 } 5787 } 5788 5789 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5790 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5791 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 5792 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 5793 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5794 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 5795 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 5796 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 5797 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 5798 // generate them. 5799 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 5800 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5801 } 5802 } 5803 5804 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 5805 5806 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 5807 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5808 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5809 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 5810 << NewFD; 5811 5812 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 5813 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5814 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 5815 EPI.Variadic = true; 5816 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 5817 5818 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 5819 NewFD->setType(R); 5820 } 5821 5822 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 5823 // member, set the visibility of this function. 5824 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 5825 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 5826 5827 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 5828 // marking the function. 5829 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 5830 5831 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 5832 // map of such names. 5833 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 5834 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5835 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 5836 5837 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 5838 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 5839 5840 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5841 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5842 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5843 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5844 return FunctionTemplate; 5845 } 5846 } 5847 5848 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 5849 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 5850 && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>() 5851 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 5852 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 5853 D.setInvalidType(); 5854 } 5855 5856 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 5857 5858 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 5859 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 5860 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5861 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5862 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 5863 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 5864 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 5865 5866 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 5867 } 5868 } 5869 5870 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 5871 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 5872 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 5873 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5874 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 5875 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 5876 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 5877 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 5878 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 5879 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 5880 AddToScope = false; 5881 } 5882 5883 return NewFD; 5884 } 5885 5886 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 5887 /// 5888 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 5889 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 5890 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 5891 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 5892 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 5893 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 5894 /// via InstantiateDecl). 5895 /// 5896 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 5897 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 5898 /// 5899 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 5900 /// 5901 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 5902 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5903 LookupResult &Previous, 5904 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 5905 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 5906 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 5907 5908 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 5909 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 5910 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 5911 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 5912 // declaration with the same name. 5913 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5914 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 5915 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 5916 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 5917 } 5918 5919 bool Redeclaration = false; 5920 5921 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 5922 // the same name, if appropriate. 5923 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5924 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 5925 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 5926 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 5927 // function to the scope. 5928 5929 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 5930 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 5931 Redeclaration = true; 5932 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 5933 } else { 5934 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 5935 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 5936 case Ovl_Match: 5937 Redeclaration = true; 5938 break; 5939 5940 case Ovl_NonFunction: 5941 Redeclaration = true; 5942 break; 5943 5944 case Ovl_Overload: 5945 Redeclaration = false; 5946 break; 5947 } 5948 5949 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 5950 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 5951 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 5952 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 5953 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 5954 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 5955 if (Redeclaration) 5956 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 5957 else if (!Previous.empty()) 5958 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 5959 if (OverloadedDecl) 5960 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 5961 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 5962 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 5963 Context)); 5964 } 5965 } 5966 5967 if (Redeclaration) { 5968 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 5969 // merged. 5970 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { 5971 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5972 return Redeclaration; 5973 } 5974 5975 Previous.clear(); 5976 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 5977 5978 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 5979 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5980 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 5981 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 5982 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 5983 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 5984 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 5985 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 5986 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5987 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5988 } 5989 5990 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 5991 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 5992 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 5993 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 5994 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 5995 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 5996 } 5997 5998 } else { 5999 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 6000 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 6001 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 6002 } 6003 } 6004 } 6005 6006 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 6007 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6008 // C++-specific checks. 6009 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6010 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 6011 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 6012 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6013 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 6014 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 6015 6016 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 6017 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 6018 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 6019 DeclarationName Name 6020 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 6021 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 6022 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 6023 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 6024 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6025 return Redeclaration; 6026 } 6027 } 6028 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 6029 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6030 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 6031 } 6032 6033 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 6034 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6035 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 6036 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6037 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 6038 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 6039 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6040 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 6041 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 6042 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 6043 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 6044 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 6045 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 6046 ++Overridden) { 6047 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 6048 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6049 } 6050 } 6051 } 6052 } 6053 6054 if (Method->isStatic()) 6055 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 6056 } 6057 6058 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 6059 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 6060 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6061 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6062 return Redeclaration; 6063 } 6064 6065 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 6066 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 6067 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6068 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6069 return Redeclaration; 6070 } 6071 6072 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 6073 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 6074 // during delayed parsing anyway. 6075 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 6076 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 6077 6078 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 6079 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 6080 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 6081 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 6082 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 6083 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 6084 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 6085 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 6086 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 6087 } 6088 } 6089 6090 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 6091 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 6092 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 6093 if (NewFD->isExternC()) { 6094 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 6095 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 6096 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 6097 << NewFD << R; 6098 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 6099 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 6100 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 6101 } 6102 } 6103 return Redeclaration; 6104 } 6105 6106 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 6107 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 6108 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 6109 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 6110 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 6111 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 6112 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6113 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 6114 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 6115 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6116 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 6117 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 6118 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 6119 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 6120 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 6121 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 6122 FD->setConstexpr(false); 6123 } 6124 6125 QualType T = FD->getType(); 6126 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 6127 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 6128 6129 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 6130 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 6131 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 6132 // set the flag which tells us that. 6133 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6134 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6135 6136 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 6137 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 6138 // implicit-return-zero rule. 6139 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6140 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 6141 6142 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 6143 } else { 6144 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 6145 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6146 } 6147 6148 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 6149 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 6150 6151 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 6152 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 6153 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 6154 6155 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 6156 6157 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 6158 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 6159 // getting shifty. 6160 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 6161 HasExtraParameters = false; 6162 6163 if (HasExtraParameters) { 6164 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 6165 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6166 nparams = 3; 6167 } 6168 6169 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 6170 // if we had some location information about types. 6171 6172 QualType CharPP = 6173 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 6174 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 6175 6176 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 6177 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 6178 6179 bool mismatch = true; 6180 6181 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 6182 mismatch = false; 6183 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 6184 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 6185 // char const ** 6186 // char const * const * 6187 // char * const * 6188 6189 QualifierCollector qs; 6190 const PointerType* PT; 6191 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6192 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6193 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 6194 qs.removeConst(); 6195 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 6196 } 6197 } 6198 6199 if (mismatch) { 6200 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 6201 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 6202 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6203 } 6204 } 6205 6206 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6207 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 6208 } 6209 6210 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6211 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 6212 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6213 } 6214 } 6215 6216 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 6217 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 6218 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 6219 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 6220 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 6221 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 6222 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 6223 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 6224 // rules there don't matter.) 6225 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 6226 return false; 6227 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 6228 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6229 return true; 6230 } 6231 6232 namespace { 6233 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 6234 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 6235 class SelfReferenceChecker 6236 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 6237 Sema &S; 6238 Decl *OrigDecl; 6239 bool isRecordType; 6240 bool isPODType; 6241 bool isReferenceType; 6242 6243 public: 6244 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 6245 6246 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 6247 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 6248 isPODType = false; 6249 isRecordType = false; 6250 isReferenceType = false; 6251 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 6252 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 6253 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 6254 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 6255 } 6256 } 6257 6258 // Sometimes, the expression passed in lacks the casts that are used 6259 // to determine which DeclRefExpr's to check. Assume that the casts 6260 // are present and continue visiting the expression. 6261 void HandleExpr(Expr *E) { 6262 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 6263 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 6264 if (isRecordType || isReferenceType) 6265 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6266 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6267 6268 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6269 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 6270 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6271 } 6272 6273 Visit(E); 6274 } 6275 6276 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 6277 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 6278 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 6279 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 6280 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6281 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 6282 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6283 return; 6284 } 6285 6286 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6287 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 6288 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6289 } 6290 } 6291 6292 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 6293 if ((!isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) || 6294 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 6295 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 6296 6297 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 6298 } 6299 6300 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 6301 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 6302 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 6303 6304 ValueDecl *VD = E->getMemberDecl(); 6305 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD); 6306 if (isa<FieldDecl>(VD) || (MD && !MD->isStatic())) 6307 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE 6308 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) { 6309 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6310 return; 6311 } 6312 6313 Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E); 6314 } 6315 6316 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 6317 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 6318 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && isPODType && 6319 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) return; 6320 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 6321 } 6322 6323 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 6324 6325 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 6326 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 6327 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 6328 LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6329 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 6330 unsigned diag = isReferenceType 6331 ? diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init 6332 : diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 6333 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 6334 S.PDiag(diag) 6335 << Result.getLookupName() 6336 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 6337 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 6338 } 6339 }; 6340 } 6341 6342 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 6343 void Sema::CheckSelfReference(Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E) { 6344 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, OrigDecl).HandleExpr(E); 6345 } 6346 6347 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 6348 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 6349 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 6350 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 6351 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6352 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 6353 // the initializer. 6354 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6355 return; 6356 6357 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6358 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 6359 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 6360 // Thus this grotesque test. 6361 IntegerLiteral *IL; 6362 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 6363 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 6364 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 6365 else { 6366 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 6367 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 6368 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 6369 } 6370 return; 6371 } 6372 6373 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 6374 if (!VDecl) { 6375 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 6376 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 6377 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6378 return; 6379 } 6380 6381 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 6382 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 6383 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 6384 // Record types initialized by initializer list are handled here. 6385 // Initialization by constructors are handled in TryConstructorInitialization. 6386 if ((!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) && 6387 (isa<InitListExpr>(Init) || !VDecl->getType()->isRecordType())) 6388 CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init); 6389 6390 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 6391 6392 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 6393 AutoType *Auto = 0; 6394 if (TypeMayContainAuto && 6395 (Auto = VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) && 6396 !Auto->isDeduced()) { 6397 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 6398 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 6399 // contains exactly one expression. 6400 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6401 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 6402 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 6403 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 6404 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 6405 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 6406 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6407 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6408 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6409 return; 6410 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 6411 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 6412 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 6413 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6414 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6415 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6416 return; 6417 } else { 6418 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 6419 } 6420 } 6421 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 6422 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 6423 DAR_Failed) 6424 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 6425 if (!DeducedType) { 6426 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6427 return; 6428 } 6429 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 6430 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 6431 VDecl->ClearLinkageCache(); 6432 6433 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 6434 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 6435 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6436 6437 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 6438 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 6439 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 6440 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 6441 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6442 DeducedType->getType()->isObjCIdType()) { 6443 SourceLocation Loc = DeducedType->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6444 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 6445 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 6446 } 6447 6448 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 6449 // the previously declared type. 6450 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 6451 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 6452 } 6453 6454 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 6455 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 6456 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 6457 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6458 return; 6459 } 6460 6461 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 6462 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 6463 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 6464 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 6465 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 6466 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 6467 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 6468 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 6469 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6470 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6471 return; 6472 } 6473 6474 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 6475 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 6476 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6477 AbstractVariableType)) 6478 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6479 } 6480 6481 const VarDecl *Def; 6482 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 6483 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6484 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6485 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6486 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6487 return; 6488 } 6489 6490 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 6491 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6492 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 6493 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 6494 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6495 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 6496 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 6497 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 6498 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 6499 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 6500 // 6501 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 6502 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 6503 // declaration with an initializer. 6504 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 6505 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6506 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6507 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6508 return; 6509 } 6510 6511 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 6512 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6513 6514 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 6515 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6516 return; 6517 } 6518 } 6519 6520 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 6521 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 6522 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 6523 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 6524 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6525 return; 6526 } 6527 6528 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 6529 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 6530 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 6531 6532 // Top-level message sends default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 6533 // and we are assigning it to a variable of 'id' type. 6534 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCIdType()) 6535 if (Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(Init)) { 6536 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 6537 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6538 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6539 return; 6540 } 6541 Init = Result.take(); 6542 } 6543 6544 // Perform the initialization. 6545 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6546 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 6547 InitializationKind Kind 6548 = DirectInit ? 6549 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 6550 Init->getLocStart(), 6551 Init->getLocEnd()) 6552 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 6553 VDecl->getLocation()) 6554 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 6555 Init->getLocStart()); 6556 6557 Expr **Args = &Init; 6558 unsigned NumArgs = 1; 6559 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6560 Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs(); 6561 NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs(); 6562 } 6563 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs); 6564 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 6565 MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), &DclT); 6566 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6567 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6568 return; 6569 } 6570 6571 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 6572 } 6573 6574 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 6575 // completed by the initializer. For example: 6576 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 6577 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 6578 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 6579 VDecl->setType(DclT); 6580 6581 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 6582 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 6583 6584 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6585 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 6586 6587 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 6588 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 6589 VDecl->setInit(Init); 6590 6591 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 6592 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 6593 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 6594 // C++ does not have this restriction. 6595 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 6596 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6597 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6598 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 6599 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 6600 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 6601 // 6602 // struct S { 6603 // static const int value = 17; 6604 // }; 6605 6606 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 6607 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 6608 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 6609 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 6610 // 6611 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 6612 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 6613 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6614 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 6615 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 6616 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 6617 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 6618 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 6619 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 6620 6621 // Do nothing on dependent types. 6622 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 6623 6624 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 6625 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 6626 // type. 6627 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 6628 6629 // Require constness. 6630 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 6631 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 6632 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6633 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6634 6635 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 6636 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6637 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 6638 SourceLocation Loc; 6639 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 6640 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 6641 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 6642 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 6643 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 6644 ; // Nothing to check. 6645 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 6646 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 6647 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6648 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 6649 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 6650 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6651 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6652 } else { 6653 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 6654 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 6655 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6656 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6657 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6658 } 6659 6660 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 6661 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 6662 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 6663 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6664 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x) 6665 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 6666 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr) 6667 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6668 6669 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6670 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6671 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6672 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6673 } 6674 6675 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 6676 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT->isLiteralType()) { 6677 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 6678 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 6679 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6680 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 6681 6682 } else { 6683 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 6684 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6685 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6686 } 6687 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 6688 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 6689 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 6690 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 6691 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 6692 6693 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 6694 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6695 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6696 } 6697 6698 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 6699 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 6700 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 6701 // 6702 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 6703 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 6704 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 6705 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 6706 // special case code. 6707 6708 // C++ 8.5p11: 6709 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 6710 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 6711 // class type. 6712 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6713 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 6714 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 6715 } else if (DirectInit) { 6716 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 6717 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 6718 } 6719 6720 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 6721 } 6722 6723 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 6724 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 6725 /// of sanity. 6726 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 6727 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 6728 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 6729 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 6730 6731 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 6732 if (!VD) return; 6733 6734 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 6735 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 6736 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6737 return; 6738 } 6739 6740 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 6741 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 6742 6743 // Require a complete type. 6744 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 6745 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 6746 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6747 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 6748 return; 6749 } 6750 6751 // Require an abstract type. 6752 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 6753 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6754 AbstractVariableType)) { 6755 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 6756 return; 6757 } 6758 6759 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 6760 // though. 6761 } 6762 6763 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 6764 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6765 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 6766 if (RealDecl == 0) 6767 return; 6768 6769 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6770 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 6771 6772 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 6773 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 6774 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 6775 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 6776 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6777 return; 6778 } 6779 6780 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 6781 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 6782 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 6783 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 6784 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 6785 // member. 6786 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 6787 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 6788 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 6789 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 6790 << Var->getDeclName(); 6791 else 6792 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 6793 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6794 return; 6795 } 6796 6797 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 6798 case VarDecl::Definition: 6799 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 6800 break; 6801 6802 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 6803 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 6804 // a declaration. 6805 // 6806 // Fall through 6807 6808 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 6809 // It's only a declaration. 6810 6811 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 6812 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 6813 // object shall be complete. 6814 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 6815 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 6816 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6817 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 6818 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6819 6820 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 6821 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 6822 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6823 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6824 AbstractVariableType)) 6825 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6826 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 6827 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 6828 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 6829 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 6830 } 6831 6832 return; 6833 6834 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 6835 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 6836 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 6837 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 6838 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 6839 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 6840 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 6841 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 6842 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 6843 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 6844 ArrayT->getElementType(), 6845 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 6846 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6847 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6848 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 6849 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 6850 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 6851 // NOTE: code such as the following 6852 // static struct s; 6853 // struct s { int a; }; 6854 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 6855 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 6856 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 6857 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 6858 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6859 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 6860 } 6861 } 6862 6863 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 6864 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 6865 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 6866 return; 6867 } 6868 6869 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 6870 // definitions with incomplete array type. 6871 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 6872 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 6873 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 6874 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6875 return; 6876 } 6877 6878 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 6879 // definitions with reference type. 6880 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 6881 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 6882 << Var->getDeclName() 6883 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 6884 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6885 return; 6886 } 6887 6888 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 6889 // variable with dependent type. 6890 if (Type->isDependentType()) 6891 return; 6892 6893 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 6894 return; 6895 6896 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 6897 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 6898 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6899 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6900 return; 6901 } 6902 6903 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 6904 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6905 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6906 AbstractVariableType)) { 6907 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6908 return; 6909 } 6910 6911 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 6912 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 6913 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 6914 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 6915 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 6916 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 6917 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 6918 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 6919 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 6920 // types and is declared without an initializer. 6921 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 6922 if (const RecordType *Record 6923 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6924 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 6925 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 6926 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 6927 // incompatibilities with C++98. 6928 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 6929 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6930 } 6931 } 6932 6933 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 6934 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 6935 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 6936 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 6937 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 6938 // type shall have a user-declared default 6939 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 6940 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 6941 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 6942 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 6943 // program is ill-formed. 6944 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 6945 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 6946 // default-initialized; [...]. 6947 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 6948 InitializationKind Kind 6949 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 6950 6951 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 6952 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg()); 6953 if (Init.isInvalid()) 6954 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6955 else if (Init.get()) { 6956 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 6957 // This is important for template substitution. 6958 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 6959 } 6960 6961 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 6962 } 6963 } 6964 6965 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 6966 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 6967 if (!VD) { 6968 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 6969 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6970 return; 6971 } 6972 6973 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 6974 6975 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 6976 int Error = -1; 6977 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 6978 case SC_None: 6979 break; 6980 case SC_Extern: 6981 Error = 0; 6982 break; 6983 case SC_Static: 6984 Error = 1; 6985 break; 6986 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6987 Error = 2; 6988 break; 6989 case SC_Auto: 6990 Error = 3; 6991 break; 6992 case SC_Register: 6993 Error = 4; 6994 break; 6995 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 6996 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 6997 } 6998 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 6999 Error = 5; 7000 if (Error != -1) { 7001 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 7002 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 7003 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7004 } 7005 } 7006 7007 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 7008 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7009 7010 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 7011 // local retaining variable. 7012 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7013 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7014 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 7015 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 7016 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 7017 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 7018 break; 7019 7020 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 7021 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 7022 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7023 break; 7024 } 7025 } 7026 7027 // All the following checks are C++ only. 7028 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 7029 7030 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 7031 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 7032 7033 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 7034 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7035 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 7036 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 7037 7038 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 7039 // constructing this copy. 7040 QualType type = var->getType(); 7041 7042 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 7043 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 7044 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 7045 ExprResult result = 7046 PerformCopyInitialization( 7047 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 7048 poi, Owned(varRef)); 7049 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 7050 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 7051 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 7052 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 7053 } 7054 } 7055 } 7056 7057 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 7058 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 7059 7060 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && Init) { 7061 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 7062 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 7063 var->getLocation()) 7064 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 7065 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 7066 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 7067 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7068 7069 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 7070 llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 7071 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 7072 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 7073 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 7074 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 7075 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 7076 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 7077 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 7078 Notes.clear(); 7079 } 7080 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 7081 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 7082 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 7083 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 7084 } 7085 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 7086 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 7087 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 7088 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 7089 var->checkInitIsICE(); 7090 } 7091 } 7092 7093 // Require the destructor. 7094 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 7095 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 7096 } 7097 7098 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 7099 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 7100 void 7101 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 7102 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 7103 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 7104 7105 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 7106 // tag values. 7107 if (ThisDecl && ThisDecl->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 7108 const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 7109 if (VD && VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7110 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 7111 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 7112 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 7113 I != E; ++I) { 7114 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 7115 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 7116 continue; 7117 } 7118 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 7119 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 7120 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7121 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 7122 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7123 continue; 7124 } 7125 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 7126 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7127 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 7128 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7129 continue; 7130 } 7131 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 7132 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 7133 MagicValue, 7134 I->getMatchingCType(), 7135 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 7136 I->getMustBeNull()); 7137 } 7138 } 7139 } 7140 } 7141 7142 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7143 Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 7144 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7145 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 7146 7147 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 7148 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 7149 7150 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7151 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 7152 Decls.push_back(D); 7153 7154 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 7155 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 7156 } 7157 7158 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 7159 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 7160 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7161 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 7162 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7163 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 7164 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 7165 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 7166 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 7167 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 7168 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 7169 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 7170 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 7171 QualType Deduced; 7172 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 7173 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 7174 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 7175 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 7176 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 7177 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 7178 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 7179 break; 7180 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 7181 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 7182 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 7183 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 7184 Deduced = U; 7185 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 7186 DeducedDecl = D; 7187 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 7188 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 7189 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 7190 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 7191 << U << D->getDeclName() 7192 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 7193 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 7194 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7195 break; 7196 } 7197 } 7198 } 7199 } 7200 } 7201 7202 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls); 7203 7204 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 7205 } 7206 7207 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 7208 ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1); 7209 } 7210 7211 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7212 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 7213 if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0]) 7214 return; 7215 7216 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 7217 Group[0]->getLocation()) 7218 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7219 return; 7220 7221 if (NumDecls >= 2) { 7222 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 7223 // procuded from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 7224 // additional declaration references: 7225 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 7226 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 7227 // 'struct S *pS;' 7228 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 7229 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 7230 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 7231 Group++; 7232 NumDecls--; 7233 } 7234 } 7235 7236 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 7237 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 7238 if (!Comments.empty() && 7239 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 7240 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 7241 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 7242 // 7243 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 7244 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 7245 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 7246 // ahead through comments. 7247 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7248 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i]); 7249 } 7250 } 7251 7252 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 7253 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 7254 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 7255 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 7256 7257 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 7258 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 7259 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 7260 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 7261 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 7262 StorageClass = SC_Register; 7263 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 7264 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7265 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 7266 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 7267 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto; 7268 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 7269 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7270 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 7271 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7272 } 7273 7274 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 7275 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 7276 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 7277 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 7278 << 0; 7279 7280 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 7281 7282 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7283 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 7284 7285 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7286 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 7287 // parameter. 7288 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 7289 7290 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 7291 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7292 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 7293 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7294 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 7295 } 7296 } 7297 7298 // Ensure we have a valid name 7299 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 7300 if (D.hasName()) { 7301 II = D.getIdentifier(); 7302 if (!II) { 7303 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 7304 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 7305 D.setInvalidType(true); 7306 } 7307 } 7308 7309 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 7310 if (II) { 7311 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 7312 ForRedeclaration); 7313 LookupName(R, S); 7314 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 7315 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7316 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7317 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7318 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 7319 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7320 PrevDecl = 0; 7321 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 7322 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 7323 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7324 7325 // Recover by removing the name 7326 II = 0; 7327 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7328 D.setInvalidType(true); 7329 } 7330 } 7331 } 7332 7333 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 7334 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 7335 // looking like class members in C++. 7336 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 7337 D.getLocStart(), 7338 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 7339 parmDeclType, TInfo, 7340 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 7341 7342 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7343 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7344 7345 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 7346 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 7347 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 7348 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 7349 7350 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 7351 S->AddDecl(New); 7352 if (II) 7353 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 7354 7355 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 7356 7357 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 7358 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7359 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 7360 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7361 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7362 7363 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7364 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7365 } 7366 return New; 7367 } 7368 7369 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 7370 /// typedef. 7371 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 7372 SourceLocation Loc, 7373 QualType T) { 7374 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 7375 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 7376 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 7377 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 7378 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 7379 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 7380 Param->setImplicit(); 7381 return Param; 7382 } 7383 7384 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7385 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 7386 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 7387 // will already have done so in the template itself. 7388 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 7389 return; 7390 7391 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 7392 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 7393 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 7394 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 7395 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 7396 } 7397 } 7398 } 7399 7400 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7401 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 7402 QualType ReturnTy, 7403 NamedDecl *D) { 7404 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 7405 return; 7406 7407 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7408 // threshold. 7409 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 7410 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 7411 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 7412 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 7413 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 7414 } 7415 7416 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7417 // threshold. 7418 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 7419 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 7420 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 7421 continue; 7422 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 7423 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 7424 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 7425 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 7426 } 7427 } 7428 7429 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7430 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 7431 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 7432 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 7433 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 7434 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 7435 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7436 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 7437 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 7438 7439 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 7440 7441 // Special cases for arrays: 7442 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 7443 // - otherwise, it's an error 7444 if (T->isArrayType()) { 7445 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7446 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 7447 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 7448 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 7449 } 7450 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 7451 } else { 7452 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 7453 } 7454 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 7455 } 7456 7457 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 7458 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 7459 TSInfo, 7460 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 7461 0); 7462 7463 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 7464 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7465 // the class has been completely parsed. 7466 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 7467 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7468 AbstractParamType)) 7469 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7470 7471 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 7472 // passed by reference. 7473 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7474 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 7475 Diag(NameLoc, 7476 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 7477 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 7478 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7479 New->setType(T); 7480 } 7481 7482 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 7483 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 7484 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 7485 // an address space. 7486 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 7487 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 7488 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7489 } 7490 7491 return New; 7492 } 7493 7494 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 7495 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 7496 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7497 7498 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 7499 // for a K&R function. 7500 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 7501 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 7502 --i; 7503 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 7504 SmallString<256> Code; 7505 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 7506 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 7507 << ";\n"; 7508 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 7509 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 7510 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 7511 7512 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 7513 // type. 7514 AttributeFactory attrs; 7515 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 7516 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 7517 unsigned DiagID; // unused 7518 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 7519 PrevSpec, DiagID); 7520 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 7521 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7522 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 7523 } 7524 } 7525 } 7526 } 7527 7528 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 7529 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 7530 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 7531 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 7532 7533 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 7534 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 7535 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 7536 } 7537 7538 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7539 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 7540 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7541 return false; 7542 7543 // Or declarations that aren't global. 7544 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 7545 return false; 7546 7547 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 7548 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 7549 return false; 7550 7551 // Don't warn about 'main'. 7552 if (FD->isMain()) 7553 return false; 7554 7555 // Don't warn about inline functions. 7556 if (FD->isInlined()) 7557 return false; 7558 7559 // Don't warn about function templates. 7560 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 7561 return false; 7562 7563 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 7564 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 7565 return false; 7566 7567 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 7568 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 7569 return false; 7570 7571 bool MissingPrototype = true; 7572 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 7573 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 7574 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 7575 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 7576 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7577 continue; 7578 7579 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 7580 break; 7581 } 7582 7583 return MissingPrototype; 7584 } 7585 7586 void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7587 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 7588 // was an extern inline function. 7589 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 7590 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 7591 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { 7592 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 7593 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 7594 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 7595 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 7596 else 7597 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 7598 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7599 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7600 } 7601 } 7602 7603 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 7604 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 7605 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 7606 7607 if (!D) 7608 return D; 7609 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 7610 7611 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 7612 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 7613 else 7614 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 7615 7616 // Enter a new function scope 7617 PushFunctionScope(); 7618 7619 // See if this is a redefinition. 7620 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 7621 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 7622 7623 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 7624 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 7625 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 7626 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 7627 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7628 } 7629 } 7630 7631 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 7632 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 7633 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 7634 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 7635 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 7636 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 7637 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 7638 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7639 7640 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 7641 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 7642 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 7643 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 7644 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 7645 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 7646 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 7647 7648 if (FnBodyScope) 7649 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 7650 7651 // Check the validity of our function parameters 7652 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 7653 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 7654 7655 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 7656 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 7657 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 7658 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 7659 7660 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7661 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 7662 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 7663 7664 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 7665 } 7666 } 7667 7668 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 7669 // introduce them into the function scope. 7670 if (FnBodyScope) { 7671 for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 7672 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) { 7673 NamedDecl *D = *I; 7674 7675 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 7676 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 7677 // and reattach to the current context. 7678 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 7679 // Is the decl actually in the context? 7680 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 7681 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 7682 if (*DI == D) { 7683 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 7684 break; 7685 } 7686 } 7687 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 7688 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7689 } 7690 7691 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 7692 if (!D->getName().empty()) 7693 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 7694 7695 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 7696 // accessible in this scope. 7697 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 7698 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 7699 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 7700 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 7701 } 7702 } 7703 } 7704 7705 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 7706 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 7707 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 7708 7709 // Checking attributes of current function definition 7710 // dllimport attribute. 7711 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 7712 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 7713 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 7714 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 7715 if (!DA->isInherited() && 7716 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 7717 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7718 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 7719 << "dllimport"; 7720 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7721 return FD; 7722 } 7723 7724 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 7725 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 7726 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 7727 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 7728 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 7729 // emitted. 7730 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7731 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 7732 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 7733 } 7734 } 7735 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 7736 // a function template). 7737 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 7738 return FD; 7739 } 7740 7741 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 7742 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 7743 /// optimization. 7744 /// 7745 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 7746 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 7747 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 7748 /// use the named return value optimization. 7749 /// 7750 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 7751 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 7752 /// the NRVO variable. 7753 /// 7754 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 7755 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 7756 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 7757 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 7758 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 7759 7760 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 7761 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 7762 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 7763 return; 7764 7765 if (!NRVOCandidate) 7766 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 7767 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 7768 return; 7769 } 7770 7771 if (NRVOCandidate) 7772 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 7773 } 7774 7775 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 7776 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 7777 } 7778 7779 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 7780 bool IsInstantiation) { 7781 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 7782 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 7783 if (FunTmpl) 7784 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 7785 else 7786 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 7787 7788 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 7789 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 7790 7791 if (FD) { 7792 FD->setBody(Body); 7793 7794 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 7795 // don't complain about missing return statements. 7796 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 7797 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 7798 7799 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 7800 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 7801 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 7802 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 7803 7804 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7805 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 7806 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 7807 FD->getResultType(), FD); 7808 7809 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 7810 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 7811 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 7812 7813 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 7814 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 7815 // to deduce an implicit return type. 7816 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() && 7817 !FD->isDependentContext()) 7818 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 7819 } 7820 7821 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 7822 "Function parsing confused"); 7823 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 7824 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 7825 MD->setBody(Body); 7826 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7827 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 7828 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 7829 MD->getResultType(), MD); 7830 7831 if (Body) 7832 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 7833 } 7834 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc) { 7835 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 7836 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 7837 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc = false; 7838 } 7839 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize) { 7840 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_finalize); 7841 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize = false; 7842 } 7843 } else { 7844 return 0; 7845 } 7846 7847 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc && 7848 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 7849 "handled in the block above."); 7850 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize && 7851 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 7852 "handled in the block above."); 7853 7854 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 7855 if (Body) { 7856 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 7857 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 7858 // Verify this. 7859 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 7860 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 7861 7862 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 7863 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 7864 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 7865 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 7866 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 7867 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 7868 7869 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 7870 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 7871 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 7872 7873 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 7874 Destructor->getParent()); 7875 } 7876 7877 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 7878 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 7879 // deletion in some later function. 7880 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 7881 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 7882 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 7883 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 7884 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 7885 // enabled. 7886 ActivePolicy = &WP; 7887 } 7888 7889 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 7890 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 7891 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 7892 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7893 7894 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 7895 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 7896 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 7897 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 7898 } 7899 7900 if (!IsInstantiation) 7901 PopDeclContext(); 7902 7903 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 7904 7905 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 7906 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 7907 // deletion in some later function. 7908 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 7909 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 7910 } 7911 7912 return dcl; 7913 } 7914 7915 7916 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 7917 /// relevant Decl. 7918 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 7919 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 7920 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 7921 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 7922 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 7923 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 7924 7925 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 7926 if (Method->isStatic()) 7927 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 7928 } 7929 7930 7931 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 7932 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 7933 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 7934 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 7935 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 7936 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 7937 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 7938 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 7939 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 7940 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II); 7941 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 7942 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 7943 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7944 return Pos->second; 7945 } 7946 7947 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 7948 unsigned diag_id; 7949 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 7950 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 7951 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 7952 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 7953 else 7954 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 7955 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 7956 7957 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 7958 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 7959 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 7960 TypoCorrection Corrected; 7961 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 7962 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 7963 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 7964 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); 7965 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); 7966 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 7967 7968 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 7969 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 7970 7971 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 7972 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 7973 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 7974 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 7975 } 7976 } 7977 7978 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 7979 const char *Dummy; 7980 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 7981 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 7982 unsigned DiagID; 7983 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 7984 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 7985 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 7986 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 7987 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, false, 7988 SourceLocation(), 0, 0, 0, true, 7989 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 7990 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 7991 EST_None, SourceLocation(), 7992 0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D), 7993 DS.getAttributes(), 7994 SourceLocation()); 7995 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 7996 7997 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 7998 7999 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 8000 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 8001 8002 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 8003 FD->setImplicit(); 8004 8005 CurContext = PrevDC; 8006 8007 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 8008 8009 return FD; 8010 } 8011 8012 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 8013 /// the declaration of this function. 8014 /// 8015 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 8016 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 8017 /// like NSLog or printf. 8018 /// 8019 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 8020 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 8021 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8022 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8023 return; 8024 8025 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 8026 // actual attributes. 8027 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 8028 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 8029 unsigned FormatIdx; 8030 bool HasVAListArg; 8031 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 8032 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 8033 const char *fmt = "printf"; 8034 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 8035 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 8036 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8037 fmt = "NSString"; 8038 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8039 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 8040 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8041 } 8042 } 8043 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 8044 HasVAListArg)) { 8045 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8046 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8047 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 8048 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8049 } 8050 8051 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 8052 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 8053 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 8054 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 8055 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 8056 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8057 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8058 } 8059 8060 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 8061 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 8062 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8063 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 8064 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8065 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8066 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8067 } 8068 8069 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 8070 if (!Name) 8071 return; 8072 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8073 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 8074 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 8075 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 8076 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 8077 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 8078 // about. 8079 } else 8080 return; 8081 8082 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 8083 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 8084 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 8085 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8086 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8087 "printf", 2, 8088 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 8089 } 8090 8091 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 8092 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 8093 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 8094 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 8095 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1)); 8096 } 8097 } 8098 8099 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 8100 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 8101 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 8102 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 8103 8104 if (!TInfo) { 8105 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 8106 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 8107 } 8108 8109 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 8110 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 8111 D.getLocStart(), 8112 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8113 D.getIdentifier(), 8114 TInfo); 8115 8116 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 8117 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 8118 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 8119 return NewTD; 8120 } 8121 8122 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8123 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8124 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 8125 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 8126 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 8127 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 8128 else 8129 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 8130 } 8131 8132 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 8133 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 8134 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 8135 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 8136 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 8137 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 8138 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 8139 case TST_enum: 8140 case TST_struct: 8141 case TST_interface: 8142 case TST_union: 8143 case TST_class: { 8144 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 8145 8146 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 8147 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 8148 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 8149 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 8150 8151 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 8152 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 8153 8154 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 8155 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 8156 break; 8157 8158 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 8159 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 8160 break; 8161 } 8162 8163 default: 8164 break; 8165 } 8166 8167 return NewTD; 8168 } 8169 8170 8171 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 8172 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 8173 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8174 QualType T = TI->getType(); 8175 8176 if (T->isDependentType() || T->isIntegralType(Context)) 8177 return false; 8178 8179 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 8180 return true; 8181 } 8182 8183 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 8184 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 8185 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 8186 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 8187 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 8188 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 8189 8190 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 8191 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 8192 << Prev->isScoped(); 8193 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8194 return true; 8195 } 8196 8197 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 8198 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 8199 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 8200 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 8201 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 8202 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 8203 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 8204 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8205 return true; 8206 } 8207 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 8208 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 8209 << Prev->isFixed(); 8210 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8211 return true; 8212 } 8213 8214 return false; 8215 } 8216 8217 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 8218 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 8219 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 8220 /// 8221 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 8222 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 8223 switch (Tag) { 8224 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 8225 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 8226 case TTK_Class: return 2; 8227 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 8228 } 8229 } 8230 8231 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 8232 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 8233 /// 8234 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 8235 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 8236 { 8237 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 8238 } 8239 8240 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 8241 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 8242 /// 8243 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 8244 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 8245 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 8246 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 8247 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 8248 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 8249 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 8250 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 8251 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 8252 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 8253 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 8254 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 8255 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 8256 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 8257 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 8258 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 8259 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 8260 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 8261 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 8262 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 8263 if (OldTag == NewTag) 8264 return true; 8265 8266 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 8267 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 8268 bool isTemplate = false; 8269 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 8270 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 8271 8272 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8273 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 8274 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 8275 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 8276 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8277 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 8278 return true; 8279 } 8280 8281 if (isDefinition) { 8282 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 8283 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 8284 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 8285 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 8286 return true; 8287 } 8288 8289 bool previousMismatch = false; 8290 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 8291 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 8292 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 8293 if (!previousMismatch) { 8294 previousMismatch = true; 8295 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 8296 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8297 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 8298 } 8299 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 8300 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 8301 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 8302 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 8303 } 8304 } 8305 return true; 8306 } 8307 8308 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 8309 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 8310 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 8311 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 8312 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 8313 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 8314 return true; 8315 } 8316 8317 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 8318 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8319 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 8320 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8321 8322 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 8323 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 8324 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 8325 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 8326 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 8327 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 8328 } 8329 8330 return true; 8331 } 8332 return false; 8333 } 8334 8335 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 8336 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 8337 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 8338 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 8339 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 8340 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 8341 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 8342 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 8343 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 8344 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 8345 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 8346 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 8347 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 8348 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 8349 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 8350 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 8351 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 8352 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 8353 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 8354 8355 OwnedDecl = false; 8356 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 8357 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 8358 8359 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 8360 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 8361 bool Invalid = false; 8362 8363 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 8364 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 8365 // for non-C++ cases. 8366 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 8367 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 8368 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 8369 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 8370 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 8371 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 8372 TUK == TUK_Friend, 8373 isExplicitSpecialization, 8374 Invalid)) { 8375 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8376 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 8377 // be a member of another template). 8378 8379 if (Invalid) 8380 return 0; 8381 8382 OwnedDecl = false; 8383 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 8384 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 8385 TemplateParams, AS, 8386 ModulePrivateLoc, 8387 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 8388 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 8389 return Result.get(); 8390 } else { 8391 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 8392 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 8393 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 8394 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 8395 } 8396 } 8397 } 8398 8399 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 8400 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 8401 // redeclaration. 8402 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 8403 8404 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 8405 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 8406 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 8407 // type, default to int. 8408 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8409 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 8410 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 8411 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 8412 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 8413 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 8414 EnumUnderlying = TI; 8415 8416 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 8417 // Recover by falling back to int. 8418 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8419 8420 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 8421 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 8422 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8423 8424 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 8425 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 8426 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8427 } 8428 8429 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 8430 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 8431 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 8432 8433 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 8434 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 8435 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 8436 8437 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 8438 8439 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 8440 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 8441 8442 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 8443 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 8444 Name = 0; 8445 goto CreateNewDecl; 8446 } 8447 8448 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 8449 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 8450 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 8451 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 8452 if (!DC) { 8453 IsDependent = true; 8454 return 0; 8455 } 8456 } else { 8457 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 8458 if (!DC) { 8459 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 8460 << SS.getRange(); 8461 return 0; 8462 } 8463 } 8464 8465 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 8466 return 0; 8467 8468 SearchDC = DC; 8469 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 8470 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 8471 8472 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 8473 return 0; 8474 8475 if (Previous.empty()) { 8476 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 8477 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 8478 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 8479 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 8480 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 8481 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 8482 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 8483 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 8484 IsDependent = true; 8485 return 0; 8486 } 8487 8488 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 8489 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 8490 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 8491 Name = 0; 8492 Invalid = true; 8493 goto CreateNewDecl; 8494 } 8495 } else if (Name) { 8496 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 8497 // declaration or definition. 8498 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 8499 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 8500 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 8501 LookupName(Previous, S); 8502 8503 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 8504 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 8505 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 8506 while (F.hasNext()) { 8507 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 8508 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 8509 F.erase(); 8510 } 8511 F.done(); 8512 } 8513 8514 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 8515 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 8516 return 0; 8517 8518 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 8519 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 8520 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 8521 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 8522 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 8523 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 8524 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 8525 } 8526 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 8527 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 8528 // initial context to the translation unit. 8529 // FIXME: [citation needed] 8530 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 8531 } 8532 8533 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 8534 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 8535 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8536 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 8537 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8538 Previous.clear(); 8539 } 8540 8541 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 8542 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 8543 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 8544 isStdBadAlloc = true; 8545 8546 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 8547 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 8548 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 8549 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 8550 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 8551 } 8552 } 8553 8554 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 8555 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 8556 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 8557 // there's a shadow friend decl. 8558 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 8559 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 8560 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 8561 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 8562 8563 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 8564 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 8565 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 8566 // 8567 // class-key identifier 8568 // 8569 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 8570 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 8571 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 8572 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 8573 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 8574 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 8575 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 8576 // declaration. 8577 // 8578 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 8579 // C structs and unions. 8580 // 8581 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 8582 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 8583 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 8584 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 8585 // 8586 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 8587 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 8588 // 8589 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 8590 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 8591 // lexical context, 8592 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8593 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 8594 8595 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 8596 while (S->isClassScope() || 8597 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8598 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 8599 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 8600 (S->getEntity() && 8601 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 8602 S = S->getParent(); 8603 } else { 8604 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 8605 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 8606 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 8607 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 8608 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 8609 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 8610 } 8611 8612 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 8613 // diagnose some problems. 8614 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8615 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 8616 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 8617 } 8618 } 8619 8620 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8621 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 8622 8623 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 8624 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 8625 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 8626 // in C++. 8627 // 8628 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 8629 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 8630 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 8631 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 8632 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8633 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8634 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 8635 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 8636 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 8637 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 8638 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 8639 PrevDecl = Tag; 8640 Previous.clear(); 8641 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 8642 Previous.resolveKind(); 8643 } 8644 } 8645 } 8646 } 8647 8648 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8649 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 8650 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 8651 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 8652 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 8653 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 8654 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 8655 // struct or something similar. 8656 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 8657 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 8658 *Name)) { 8659 bool SafeToContinue 8660 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 8661 Kind != TTK_Enum); 8662 if (SafeToContinue) 8663 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 8664 << Name 8665 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 8666 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 8667 else 8668 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 8669 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8670 8671 if (SafeToContinue) 8672 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 8673 else { 8674 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 8675 Name = 0; 8676 Previous.clear(); 8677 Invalid = true; 8678 } 8679 } 8680 8681 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 8682 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 8683 8684 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 8685 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 8686 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 8687 if (ScopedEnum) 8688 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 8689 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 8690 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 8691 return PrevTagDecl; 8692 } 8693 8694 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 8695 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 8696 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 8697 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 8698 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 8699 8700 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 8701 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 8702 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 8703 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 8704 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 8705 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 8706 } 8707 8708 if (!Invalid) { 8709 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 8710 8711 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 8712 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 8713 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 8714 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 8715 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 8716 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 8717 return PrevTagDecl; 8718 8719 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 8720 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 8721 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 8722 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 8723 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 8724 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 8725 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 8726 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 8727 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 8728 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 8729 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 8730 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 8731 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 8732 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 8733 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 8734 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 8735 } 8736 8737 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 8738 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 8739 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 8740 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 8741 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 8742 else 8743 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 8744 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8745 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 8746 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 8747 // references get the previous definition. 8748 Name = 0; 8749 Previous.clear(); 8750 Invalid = true; 8751 } 8752 } else { 8753 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 8754 // about a nested redefinition. 8755 const TagType *Tag 8756 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 8757 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 8758 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 8759 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 8760 diag::note_previous_definition); 8761 Name = 0; 8762 Previous.clear(); 8763 Invalid = true; 8764 } 8765 } 8766 8767 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 8768 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 8769 } 8770 } 8771 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 8772 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 8773 8774 } else { 8775 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 8776 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 8777 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 8778 // have distinct types. 8779 Previous.clear(); 8780 } 8781 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 8782 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 8783 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 8784 8785 8786 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 8787 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 8788 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 8789 } else { 8790 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 8791 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 8792 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 8793 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 8794 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 8795 unsigned Kind = 0; 8796 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 8797 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 8798 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 8799 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 8800 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 8801 Invalid = true; 8802 8803 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 8804 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 8805 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 8806 // do nothing 8807 8808 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 8809 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 8810 unsigned Kind = 0; 8811 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 8812 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 8813 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 8814 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 8815 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 8816 Invalid = true; 8817 8818 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 8819 // case here. 8820 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8821 unsigned Kind = 0; 8822 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 8823 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 8824 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 8825 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 8826 Invalid = true; 8827 8828 // Otherwise, diagnose. 8829 } else { 8830 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 8831 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 8832 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 8833 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8834 Name = 0; 8835 Invalid = true; 8836 } 8837 8838 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 8839 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 8840 Previous.clear(); 8841 } 8842 } 8843 8844 CreateNewDecl: 8845 8846 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 8847 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 8848 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 8849 8850 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 8851 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 8852 // keyword. 8853 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 8854 8855 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 8856 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 8857 // PrevDecl. 8858 TagDecl *New; 8859 8860 bool IsForwardReference = false; 8861 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 8862 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 8863 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 8864 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 8865 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 8866 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 8867 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 8868 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 8869 TagDecl *Def; 8870 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 8871 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 8872 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 8873 } 8874 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 8875 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 8876 << New; 8877 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8878 } else { 8879 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 8880 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 8881 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 8882 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 8883 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 8884 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 8885 8886 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 8887 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 8888 // the declaration context. 8889 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 8890 IsForwardReference = true; 8891 } 8892 } 8893 8894 if (EnumUnderlying) { 8895 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 8896 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 8897 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 8898 else 8899 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 8900 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 8901 } 8902 8903 } else { 8904 // struct/union/class 8905 8906 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 8907 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 8908 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8909 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 8910 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 8911 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 8912 8913 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 8914 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 8915 } else 8916 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 8917 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 8918 } 8919 8920 // Maybe add qualifier info. 8921 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 8922 if (SS.isSet()) { 8923 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 8924 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 8925 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 8926 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 8927 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 8928 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 8929 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 8930 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 8931 Invalid = true; 8932 8933 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 8934 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 8935 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 8936 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 8937 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 8938 } 8939 } 8940 else 8941 Invalid = true; 8942 } 8943 8944 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 8945 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 8946 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 8947 // 8948 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 8949 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 8950 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 8951 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 8952 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 8953 // parsing of the struct). 8954 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 8955 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 8956 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 8957 } 8958 } 8959 8960 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 8961 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 8962 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8963 << 2 8964 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8965 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 8966 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 8967 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 8968 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8969 New->setModulePrivate(); 8970 } 8971 8972 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 8973 // check the specialization. 8974 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 8975 Invalid = true; 8976 8977 if (Invalid) 8978 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8979 8980 if (Attr) 8981 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 8982 8983 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 8984 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 8985 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 8986 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 8987 8988 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 8989 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 8990 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8991 8992 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 8993 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 8994 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 8995 // the tag name visible. 8996 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 8997 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 8998 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 8999 9000 // Set the access specifier. 9001 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 9002 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 9003 9004 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 9005 New->startDefinition(); 9006 9007 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 9008 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9009 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 9010 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 9011 if (PrevDecl) 9012 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 9013 9014 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 9015 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9016 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 9017 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 9018 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 9019 } else if (Name) { 9020 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 9021 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 9022 if (IsForwardReference) 9023 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9024 9025 } else { 9026 CurContext->addDecl(New); 9027 } 9028 9029 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 9030 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 9031 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 9032 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 9033 II->isStr("FILE")) 9034 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 9035 9036 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 9037 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 9038 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9039 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 9040 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 9041 9042 if (PrevDecl) 9043 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 9044 9045 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9046 // record. 9047 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 9048 9049 OwnedDecl = true; 9050 return New; 9051 } 9052 9053 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 9054 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9055 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9056 9057 // Enter the tag context. 9058 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 9059 9060 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 9061 9062 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9063 // record. 9064 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 9065 } 9066 9067 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 9068 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 9069 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 9070 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 9071 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 9072 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 9073 CurContext = OCD; 9074 return IDecl; 9075 } 9076 9077 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9078 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 9079 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 9080 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9081 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 9082 9083 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 9084 9085 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 9086 return; 9087 9088 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 9089 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 9090 9091 // C++ [class]p2: 9092 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 9093 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 9094 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 9095 // as if it were a public member name. 9096 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 9097 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 9098 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 9099 Record->getIdentifier(), 9100 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 9101 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 9102 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 9103 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 9104 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 9105 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 9106 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 9107 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 9108 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 9109 "Broken injected-class-name"); 9110 } 9111 9112 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9113 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 9114 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9115 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9116 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 9117 9118 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 9119 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9120 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 9121 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 9122 RD->completeDefinition(); 9123 } 9124 9125 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 9126 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 9127 9128 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 9129 PopDeclContext(); 9130 9131 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 9132 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 9133 } 9134 9135 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 9136 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 9137 PopDeclContext(); 9138 } 9139 9140 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 9141 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 9142 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 9143 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 9144 } 9145 9146 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 9147 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 9148 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 9149 } 9150 9151 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 9152 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9153 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9154 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 9155 9156 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 9157 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9158 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 9159 RD->completeDefinition(); 9160 } 9161 9162 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 9163 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 9164 // the FieldCollector. 9165 9166 PopDeclContext(); 9167 } 9168 9169 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 9170 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 9171 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 9172 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 9173 bool *ZeroWidth) { 9174 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 9175 if (ZeroWidth) 9176 *ZeroWidth = true; 9177 9178 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 9179 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 9180 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9181 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 9182 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 9183 return ExprError(); 9184 if (FieldName) 9185 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 9186 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 9187 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 9188 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 9189 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 9190 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 9191 return ExprError(); 9192 9193 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 9194 // it now. 9195 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 9196 return Owned(BitWidth); 9197 9198 llvm::APSInt Value; 9199 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 9200 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 9201 return ICE; 9202 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 9203 9204 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 9205 *ZeroWidth = false; 9206 9207 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 9208 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 9209 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 9210 9211 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 9212 if (FieldName) 9213 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 9214 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 9215 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 9216 << Value.toString(10); 9217 } 9218 9219 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 9220 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 9221 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 9222 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9223 if (FieldName) 9224 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9225 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9226 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9227 9228 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9229 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9230 } 9231 9232 if (FieldName) 9233 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9234 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9235 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9236 else 9237 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9238 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9239 } 9240 } 9241 9242 return Owned(BitWidth); 9243 } 9244 9245 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 9246 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 9247 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 9248 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 9249 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 9250 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 9251 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 9252 return Res; 9253 } 9254 9255 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 9256 /// 9257 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 9258 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9259 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 9260 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 9261 AccessSpecifier AS) { 9262 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9263 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9264 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9265 9266 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9267 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9268 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9269 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9270 9271 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 9272 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 9273 D.setInvalidType(); 9274 T = Context.IntTy; 9275 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 9276 } 9277 } 9278 9279 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 9280 9281 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 9282 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 9283 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 9284 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9285 << 2; 9286 9287 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 9288 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9289 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 9290 LookupName(Previous, S); 9291 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 9292 case LookupResult::Found: 9293 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 9294 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 9295 break; 9296 9297 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 9298 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9299 break; 9300 9301 case LookupResult::NotFound: 9302 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 9303 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 9304 break; 9305 } 9306 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 9307 9308 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9309 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9310 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9311 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9312 PrevDecl = 0; 9313 } 9314 9315 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 9316 PrevDecl = 0; 9317 9318 bool Mutable 9319 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 9320 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 9321 FieldDecl *NewFD 9322 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 9323 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 9324 9325 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9326 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9327 9328 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9329 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 9330 9331 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 9332 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 9333 // with the same name in the same scope. 9334 } else if (II) { 9335 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 9336 } else 9337 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 9338 9339 return NewFD; 9340 } 9341 9342 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 9343 /// 9344 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 9345 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 9346 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 9347 /// created. 9348 /// 9349 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 9350 /// 9351 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 9352 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 9353 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 9354 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 9355 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 9356 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 9357 SourceLocation TSSL, 9358 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 9359 Declarator *D) { 9360 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 9361 bool InvalidDecl = false; 9362 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 9363 9364 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 9365 // marking this declaration as invalid. 9366 if (T.isNull()) { 9367 InvalidDecl = true; 9368 T = Context.IntTy; 9369 } 9370 9371 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 9372 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 9373 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 9374 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 9375 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9376 InvalidDecl = true; 9377 } else { 9378 NamedDecl *Def; 9379 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 9380 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 9381 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9382 InvalidDecl = true; 9383 } 9384 } 9385 } 9386 9387 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 9388 // than a variably modified type. 9389 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9390 bool SizeIsNegative; 9391 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 9392 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 9393 SizeIsNegative, 9394 Oversized); 9395 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 9396 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 9397 T = FixedTy; 9398 } else { 9399 if (SizeIsNegative) 9400 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 9401 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 9402 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 9403 << Oversized.toString(10); 9404 else 9405 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 9406 InvalidDecl = true; 9407 } 9408 } 9409 9410 // Fields can not have abstract class types 9411 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 9412 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9413 AbstractFieldType)) 9414 InvalidDecl = true; 9415 9416 bool ZeroWidth = false; 9417 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 9418 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 9419 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); 9420 if (!BitWidth) { 9421 InvalidDecl = true; 9422 BitWidth = 0; 9423 ZeroWidth = false; 9424 } 9425 } 9426 9427 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 9428 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 9429 unsigned DiagID = 0; 9430 if (T->isReferenceType()) 9431 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 9432 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 9433 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 9434 9435 if (DiagID) { 9436 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 9437 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 9438 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 9439 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 9440 Mutable = false; 9441 InvalidDecl = true; 9442 } 9443 } 9444 9445 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 9446 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 9447 if (InvalidDecl) 9448 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9449 9450 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9451 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 9452 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9453 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9454 } 9455 9456 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9457 if (Record->isUnion()) { 9458 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9459 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 9460 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 9461 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 9462 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 9463 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 9464 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 9465 // objects. 9466 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 9467 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9468 } 9469 } 9470 9471 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 9472 // the program is ill-formed. 9473 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 9474 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 9475 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 9476 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9477 } 9478 } 9479 } 9480 9481 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 9482 // representation, not a parser representation. 9483 if (D) 9484 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 9485 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 9486 9487 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 9488 // retainable type. 9489 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 9490 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9491 9492 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 9493 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 9494 9495 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 9496 return NewFD; 9497 } 9498 9499 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 9500 assert(FD); 9501 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 9502 9503 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9504 return true; 9505 9506 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 9507 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9508 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 9509 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 9510 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 9511 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 9512 // copy constructors. 9513 9514 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 9515 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 9516 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 9517 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 9518 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 9519 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 9520 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 9521 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 9522 member = CXXDestructor; 9523 9524 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 9525 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && 9526 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 9527 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 9528 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 9529 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 9530 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 9531 // members unavailable. 9532 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 9533 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 9534 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 9535 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 9536 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 9537 return false; 9538 } 9539 } 9540 9541 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x ? 9542 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 9543 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 9544 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 9545 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 9546 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x; 9547 } 9548 } 9549 } 9550 9551 return false; 9552 } 9553 9554 /// If the given constructor is user-declared, produce a diagnostic explaining 9555 /// that it makes the class non-trivial. 9556 static bool diagnoseNonTrivialUserDeclaredCtor(Sema &S, QualType QT, 9557 CXXConstructorDecl *CD, 9558 Sema::CXXSpecialMember CSM) { 9559 if (CD->isImplicit()) 9560 return false; 9561 9562 SourceLocation CtorLoc = CD->getLocation(); 9563 S.Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << CSM; 9564 return true; 9565 } 9566 9567 /// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 9568 /// special member, figure out why. 9569 void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 9570 QualType QT(T, 0U); 9571 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 9572 9573 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 9574 switch (member) { 9575 case CXXInvalid: 9576 break; 9577 9578 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 9579 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 9580 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 9581 for (ctor_iter CI = RD->ctor_begin(), CE = RD->ctor_end(); CI != CE; ++CI) 9582 if (diagnoseNonTrivialUserDeclaredCtor(*this, QT, *CI, member)) 9583 return; 9584 9585 // No user-delcared constructors; look for constructor templates. 9586 typedef CXXRecordDecl::specific_decl_iterator<FunctionTemplateDecl> 9587 tmpl_iter; 9588 for (tmpl_iter TI(RD->decls_begin()), TE(RD->decls_end()); 9589 TI != TE; ++TI) { 9590 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = 9591 dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(TI->getTemplatedDecl()); 9592 if (CD && diagnoseNonTrivialUserDeclaredCtor(*this, QT, CD, member)) 9593 return; 9594 } 9595 } 9596 break; 9597 9598 case CXXCopyConstructor: 9599 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 9600 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 9601 RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation(); 9602 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9603 return; 9604 } 9605 break; 9606 9607 case CXXMoveConstructor: 9608 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) { 9609 SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation(); 9610 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9611 return; 9612 } 9613 break; 9614 9615 case CXXCopyAssignment: 9616 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 9617 SourceLocation AssignLoc = 9618 RD->getCopyAssignmentOperator(0)->getLocation(); 9619 Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9620 return; 9621 } 9622 break; 9623 9624 case CXXMoveAssignment: 9625 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) { 9626 SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation(); 9627 Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9628 return; 9629 } 9630 break; 9631 9632 case CXXDestructor: 9633 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 9634 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 9635 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9636 return; 9637 } 9638 break; 9639 } 9640 9641 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 9642 9643 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 9644 // but not trivial destruction. 9645 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 9646 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 9647 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 9648 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 9649 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 9650 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart(); 9651 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 9652 return; 9653 } 9654 9655 // Check for virtual methods. 9656 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 9657 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 9658 ++mi) { 9659 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 9660 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getLocStart(); 9661 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 9662 return; 9663 } 9664 } 9665 } 9666 9667 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 9668 switch (member) { 9669 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 9670 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break; 9671 case CXXCopyConstructor: 9672 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 9673 case CXXCopyAssignment: 9674 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 9675 case CXXDestructor: 9676 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 9677 default: 9678 llvm_unreachable("unexpected special member"); 9679 } 9680 9681 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 9682 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 9683 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 9684 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 9685 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 9686 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 9687 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart(); 9688 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 9689 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 9690 return; 9691 } 9692 } 9693 9694 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 9695 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 9696 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 9697 ++fi) { 9698 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(fi->getType()); 9699 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9700 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 9701 9702 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 9703 SourceLocation FLoc = fi->getLocation(); 9704 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 9705 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 9706 return; 9707 } 9708 } 9709 9710 if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9711 switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) { 9712 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9713 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9714 break; 9715 9716 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9717 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9718 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9719 Diag(fi->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_ownership) 9720 << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime(); 9721 return; 9722 } 9723 } 9724 } 9725 9726 llvm_unreachable("found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 9727 } 9728 9729 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 9730 /// AST enum value. 9731 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 9732 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 9733 switch (ivarVisibility) { 9734 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 9735 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 9736 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 9737 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 9738 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 9739 } 9740 } 9741 9742 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 9743 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 9744 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 9745 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9746 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 9747 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 9748 9749 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9750 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 9751 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9752 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9753 9754 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 9755 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 9756 9757 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9758 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9759 9760 if (BitWidth) { 9761 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 9762 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); 9763 if (!BitWidth) 9764 D.setInvalidType(); 9765 } else { 9766 // Not a bitfield. 9767 9768 // validate II. 9769 9770 } 9771 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 9772 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 9773 D.setInvalidType(); 9774 } 9775 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 9776 // than a variably modified type. 9777 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9778 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 9779 D.setInvalidType(); 9780 } 9781 9782 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 9783 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 9784 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 9785 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 9786 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 9787 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 9788 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9789 return 0; 9790 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 9791 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 9792 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9793 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 9794 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 9795 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 9796 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 9797 } 9798 else 9799 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 9800 } else { 9801 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 9802 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9803 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 9804 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 9805 return 0; 9806 } 9807 } 9808 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 9809 } 9810 9811 // Construct the decl. 9812 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 9813 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 9814 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 9815 9816 if (II) { 9817 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 9818 ForRedeclaration); 9819 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 9820 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9821 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 9822 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9823 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9824 } 9825 } 9826 9827 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 9828 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 9829 9830 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9831 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9832 9833 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 9834 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 9835 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9836 9837 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9838 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 9839 9840 if (II) { 9841 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 9842 // these to the interface. 9843 S->AddDecl(NewID); 9844 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 9845 } 9846 9847 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 9848 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 9849 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 9850 9851 return NewID; 9852 } 9853 9854 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 9855 /// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 9856 /// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 9857 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 9858 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 9859 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 9860 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 9861 return; 9862 9863 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 9864 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 9865 9866 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 9867 return; 9868 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 9869 if (!ID) { 9870 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 9871 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 9872 return; 9873 } 9874 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 9875 else 9876 return; 9877 } 9878 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 9879 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 9880 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 9881 9882 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 9883 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 9884 Context.CharTy, 9885 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 9886 DeclLoc), 9887 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 9888 true); 9889 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 9890 } 9891 9892 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 9893 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 9894 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 9895 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 9896 AttributeList *Attr) { 9897 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 9898 9899 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 9900 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 9901 // it will now change. 9902 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9903 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 9904 switch (DC->getKind()) { 9905 default: break; 9906 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 9907 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 9908 break; 9909 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 9910 Context. 9911 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 9912 break; 9913 } 9914 } 9915 9916 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 9917 9918 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 9919 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 9920 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 9921 if (Record) { 9922 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 9923 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 9924 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 9925 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 9926 ++NumNamedMembers; 9927 } 9928 } 9929 9930 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 9931 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 9932 9933 bool ARCErrReported = false; 9934 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 9935 i != end; ++i) { 9936 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 9937 9938 // Get the type for the field. 9939 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 9940 9941 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 9942 // Remember all fields written by the user. 9943 RecFields.push_back(FD); 9944 } 9945 9946 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 9947 // diagnostics about it. 9948 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9949 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9950 continue; 9951 } 9952 9953 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 9954 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 9955 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 9956 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 9957 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 9958 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 9959 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 9960 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 9961 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 9962 // array. 9963 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 9964 // Field declared as a function. 9965 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 9966 << FD->getDeclName(); 9967 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9968 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9969 continue; 9970 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 9971 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 9972 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 9973 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 9974 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 9975 // Flexible array member. 9976 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 9977 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 9978 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 9979 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 9980 if (Record->isUnion()) 9981 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 9982 << FD->getDeclName(); 9983 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 9984 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 9985 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 9986 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9987 if (Record->isUnion()) 9988 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 9989 << FD->getDeclName(); 9990 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 9991 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 9992 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 9993 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 9994 if (Record->isUnion()) 9995 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 9996 << FD->getDeclName(); 9997 else 9998 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 9999 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10000 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 10001 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 10002 << FD->getDeclName(); 10003 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10004 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10005 continue; 10006 } 10007 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 10008 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 10009 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 10010 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10011 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10012 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10013 continue; 10014 } 10015 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 10016 if (Record) 10017 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10018 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 10019 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10020 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 10021 // Incomplete type 10022 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10023 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10024 continue; 10025 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10026 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 10027 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 10028 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 10029 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10030 } else { 10031 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 10032 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 10033 // structures. 10034 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 10035 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 10036 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10037 else { 10038 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 10039 // other structs as an extension. 10040 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 10041 << FD->getDeclName(); 10042 if (Record) 10043 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10044 } 10045 } 10046 } 10047 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 10048 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10049 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10050 AbstractIvarType)) { 10051 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 10052 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10053 } 10054 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10055 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10056 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 10057 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 10058 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 10059 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 10060 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 10061 FD->setType(T); 10062 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10063 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) { 10064 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 10065 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 10066 // so we just make the field unavailable. 10067 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 10068 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 10069 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10070 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 10071 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 10072 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 10073 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 10074 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 10075 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 10076 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 10077 } 10078 } else { 10079 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct) 10080 << T->isBlockPointerType(); 10081 } 10082 ARCErrReported = true; 10083 } 10084 } 10085 else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10086 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 10087 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 10088 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10089 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 10090 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10091 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 10092 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 10093 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 10094 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10095 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10096 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10097 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 10098 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10099 } 10100 } 10101 } 10102 // Keep track of the number of named members. 10103 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 10104 ++NumNamedMembers; 10105 } 10106 10107 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 10108 if (Record) { 10109 bool Completed = false; 10110 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 10111 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 10112 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 10113 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 10114 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 10115 I != E; ++I) 10116 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 10117 10118 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 10119 // Objective-C Automatic Reference Counting: 10120 // If a class has a non-static data member of Objective-C pointer 10121 // type (or array thereof), it is a non-POD type and its 10122 // default constructor (if any), copy constructor, copy assignment 10123 // operator, and destructor are non-trivial. 10124 // 10125 // This rule is also handled by CXXRecordDecl::completeDefinition(). 10126 // However, here we check whether this particular class is only 10127 // non-POD because of the presence of an Objective-C pointer member. 10128 // If so, objects of this type cannot be shared between code compiled 10129 // with ARC and code compiled with manual retain/release. 10130 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10131 CXXRecord->hasObjectMember() && 10132 CXXRecord->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) { 10133 if (CXXRecord->isPOD()) { 10134 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 10135 diag::warn_arc_non_pod_class_with_object_member) 10136 << CXXRecord; 10137 } else { 10138 // FIXME: Fix-Its would be nice here, but finding a good location 10139 // for them is going to be tricky. 10140 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 10141 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 10142 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 10143 << CXXRecord << 0; 10144 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 10145 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 10146 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 10147 << CXXRecord << 1; 10148 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor()) 10149 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 10150 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 10151 << CXXRecord << 2; 10152 } 10153 } 10154 10155 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 10156 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && 10157 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 10158 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 10159 10160 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 10161 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 10162 10163 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 10164 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 10165 // problem now. 10166 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 10167 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 10168 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 10169 10170 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 10171 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 10172 M != MEnd; ++M) { 10173 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 10174 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 10175 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 10176 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 10177 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 10178 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 10179 continue; 10180 10181 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 10182 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 10183 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 10184 // program is ill-formed. 10185 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 10186 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 10187 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 10188 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 10189 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 10190 OM = SO->second.begin(), 10191 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 10192 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 10193 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 10194 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 10195 10196 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10197 } 10198 } 10199 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 10200 Completed = true; 10201 } 10202 } 10203 } 10204 } 10205 10206 if (!Completed) 10207 Record->completeDefinition(); 10208 10209 } else { 10210 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 10211 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 10212 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10213 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 10214 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 10215 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10216 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 10217 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10218 } 10219 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 10220 // duplicates. 10221 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 10222 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 10223 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10224 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10225 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 10226 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 10227 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 10228 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 10229 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 10230 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 10231 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10232 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10233 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10234 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10235 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 10236 // reported as errors elsewhere. 10237 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 10238 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 10239 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 10240 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 10241 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 10242 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10243 if (IDecl) { 10244 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 10245 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10246 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10247 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10248 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10249 continue; 10250 } 10251 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl = 10252 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension(); 10253 ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) { 10254 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar = 10255 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10256 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10257 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10258 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10259 continue; 10260 } 10261 } 10262 } 10263 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 10264 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10265 } 10266 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10267 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10268 } 10269 } 10270 10271 if (Attr) 10272 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 10273 } 10274 10275 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 10276 /// the given type T. 10277 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 10278 llvm::APSInt &Value, 10279 QualType T) { 10280 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10281 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 10282 10283 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 10284 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 10285 --BitWidth; 10286 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 10287 } 10288 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 10289 } 10290 10291 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 10292 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 10293 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 10294 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 10295 // enum checking below. 10296 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10297 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 10298 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10299 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 10300 }; 10301 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10302 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 10303 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 10304 }; 10305 10306 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 10307 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 10308 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 10309 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 10310 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 10311 return Types[I]; 10312 10313 return QualType(); 10314 } 10315 10316 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 10317 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 10318 SourceLocation IdLoc, 10319 IdentifierInfo *Id, 10320 Expr *Val) { 10321 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 10322 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 10323 QualType EltTy; 10324 10325 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 10326 Val = 0; 10327 10328 if (Val) 10329 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 10330 10331 if (Val) { 10332 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 10333 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10334 else { 10335 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 10336 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && Enum->isFixed() && 10337 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10338 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 10339 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 10340 // constant expression of the underlying type. 10341 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10342 ExprResult Converted = 10343 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 10344 CCEK_Enumerator); 10345 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 10346 Val = 0; 10347 else 10348 Val = Converted.take(); 10349 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 10350 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 10351 &EnumVal).take())) { 10352 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 10353 } else { 10354 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10355 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10356 10357 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 10358 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 10359 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 10360 // expression checking. 10361 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10362 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10363 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10364 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10365 } else 10366 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10367 } else 10368 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10369 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10370 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 10371 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10372 // is the type of its initializing value: 10373 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 10374 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 10375 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10376 } else { 10377 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 10378 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 10379 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 10380 // representable as an int. 10381 10382 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 10383 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 10384 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10385 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 10386 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 10387 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 10388 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 10389 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10390 } 10391 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10392 } 10393 } 10394 } 10395 } 10396 10397 if (!Val) { 10398 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 10399 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10400 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 10401 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10402 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10403 // is the type of its initializing value: 10404 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 10405 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 10406 // 10407 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 10408 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 10409 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10410 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10411 } 10412 else { 10413 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 10414 } 10415 } else { 10416 // Assign the last value + 1. 10417 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10418 ++EnumVal; 10419 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 10420 10421 // Check for overflow on increment. 10422 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 10423 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10424 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10425 // is the type of its initializing value: 10426 // 10427 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 10428 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 10429 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 10430 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 10431 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 10432 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 10433 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 10434 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 10435 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 10436 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 10437 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10438 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 10439 ++EnumVal; 10440 if (Enum->isFixed()) 10441 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 10442 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 10443 << EnumVal.toString(10) 10444 << EltTy; 10445 else 10446 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 10447 << EnumVal.toString(10); 10448 } else { 10449 EltTy = T; 10450 } 10451 10452 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 10453 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 10454 // value, then increment. 10455 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10456 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10457 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10458 ++EnumVal; 10459 10460 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 10461 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 10462 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 10463 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 10464 // integral type. 10465 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 10466 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 10467 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10468 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10469 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 10470 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10471 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 10472 } 10473 } 10474 } 10475 10476 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 10477 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 10478 // enumerator's type. 10479 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10480 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10481 } 10482 10483 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 10484 Val, EnumVal); 10485 } 10486 10487 10488 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 10489 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 10490 AttributeList *Attr, 10491 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 10492 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 10493 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 10494 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 10495 10496 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 10497 // we find one that is. 10498 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 10499 10500 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 10501 // scope. 10502 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 10503 ForRedeclaration); 10504 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10505 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10506 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 10507 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10508 PrevDecl = 0; 10509 } 10510 10511 if (PrevDecl) { 10512 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 10513 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 10514 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 10515 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 10516 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 10517 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 10518 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 10519 else 10520 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 10521 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10522 return 0; 10523 } 10524 } 10525 10526 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 10527 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 10528 // different from T: 10529 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 10530 // enumerated type 10531 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 10532 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 10533 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 10534 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 10535 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 10536 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 10537 10538 EnumConstantDecl *New = 10539 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 10540 10541 if (New) { 10542 // Process attributes. 10543 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 10544 10545 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 10546 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 10547 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 10548 } 10549 10550 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 10551 10552 return New; 10553 } 10554 10555 // Emits a warning if every element in the enum is the same value and if 10556 // every element is initialized with a integer or boolean literal. 10557 static void CheckForUniqueEnumValues(Sema &S, Decl **Elements, 10558 unsigned NumElements, EnumDecl *Enum, 10559 QualType EnumType) { 10560 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_identical_enum_values, 10561 Enum->getLocation()) == 10562 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 10563 return; 10564 10565 if (NumElements < 2) 10566 return; 10567 10568 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 10569 return; 10570 10571 llvm::APSInt FirstVal; 10572 10573 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10574 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10575 if (!ECD) 10576 return; 10577 10578 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 10579 if (!InitExpr) 10580 return; 10581 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 10582 if (!isa<IntegerLiteral>(InitExpr) && !isa<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(InitExpr)) 10583 return; 10584 10585 if (i == 0) { 10586 FirstVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 10587 continue; 10588 } 10589 10590 if (!llvm::APSInt::isSameValue(FirstVal, ECD->getInitVal())) 10591 return; 10592 } 10593 10594 S.Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_identical_enum_values) 10595 << EnumType << FirstVal.toString(10) 10596 << Enum->getSourceRange(); 10597 10598 EnumConstantDecl *Last = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[NumElements - 1]), 10599 *Next = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[NumElements - 2]); 10600 10601 S.Diag(Last->getLocation(), diag::note_identical_enum_values) 10602 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Last->getInitExpr()->getSourceRange(), 10603 Next->getName()); 10604 } 10605 10606 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 10607 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 10608 // Element2 = Element1 10609 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 10610 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 10611 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 10612 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 10613 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 10614 if (!InitExpr) 10615 return true; 10616 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 10617 10618 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 10619 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 10620 return true; 10621 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 10622 if (!IL) 10623 return true; 10624 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 10625 return true; 10626 10627 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 10628 } 10629 10630 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 10631 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 10632 if (!DRE) 10633 return true; 10634 10635 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 10636 if (!EnumConstant) 10637 return true; 10638 10639 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 10640 Enum) 10641 return true; 10642 10643 return false; 10644 } 10645 10646 struct DupKey { 10647 int64_t val; 10648 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 10649 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 10650 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 10651 }; 10652 10653 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 10654 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 10655 false); 10656 } 10657 10658 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 10659 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 10660 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 10661 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 10662 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 10663 } 10664 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 10665 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 10666 LHS.val == RHS.val; 10667 } 10668 }; 10669 10670 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 10671 // a previous element has already been set to. 10672 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, Decl **Elements, 10673 unsigned NumElements, EnumDecl *Enum, 10674 QualType EnumType) { 10675 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 10676 Enum->getLocation()) == 10677 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 10678 return; 10679 // Avoid anonymous enums 10680 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 10681 return; 10682 10683 // Only check for small enums. 10684 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 10685 return; 10686 10687 typedef llvm::SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl*, 3> ECDVector; 10688 typedef llvm::SmallVector<ECDVector*, 3> DuplicatesVector; 10689 10690 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 10691 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 10692 ValueToVectorMap; 10693 10694 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 10695 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 10696 10697 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 10698 // an initialier. 10699 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { 10700 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10701 10702 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 10703 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 10704 if (!ECD) { 10705 return; 10706 } 10707 10708 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 10709 continue; 10710 10711 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 10712 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 10713 10714 // First time encountering this value. 10715 if (Entry.isNull()) 10716 Entry = ECD; 10717 } 10718 10719 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 10720 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { 10721 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10722 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 10723 continue; 10724 10725 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 10726 10727 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 10728 if (Entry.isNull()) 10729 continue; 10730 10731 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 10732 // Ensure constants are different. 10733 if (D == ECD) 10734 continue; 10735 10736 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 10737 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 10738 Vec->push_back(D); 10739 Vec->push_back(ECD); 10740 10741 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 10742 Entry = Vec; 10743 10744 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 10745 // diagnostics. 10746 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 10747 continue; 10748 } 10749 10750 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 10751 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 10752 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 10753 continue; 10754 10755 Vec->push_back(ECD); 10756 } 10757 10758 // Emit diagnostics. 10759 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 10760 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 10761 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 10762 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 10763 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 10764 10765 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 10766 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 10767 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 10768 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 10769 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 10770 ++I; 10771 10772 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 10773 // the same value. 10774 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 10775 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 10776 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 10777 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 10778 delete Vec; 10779 } 10780 } 10781 10782 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 10783 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 10784 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 10785 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 10786 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 10787 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 10788 10789 if (Attr) 10790 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 10791 10792 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 10793 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10794 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 10795 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10796 if (!ECD) continue; 10797 10798 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10799 } 10800 10801 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 10802 return; 10803 } 10804 10805 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 10806 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 10807 // emit a warning. 10808 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 10809 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 10810 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 10811 10812 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 10813 // reverse the list. 10814 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 10815 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 10816 10817 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 10818 bool AllElementsInt = true; 10819 10820 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10821 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 10822 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10823 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 10824 10825 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 10826 10827 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 10828 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 10829 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 10830 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 10831 else 10832 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 10833 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 10834 10835 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 10836 if (AllElementsInt) 10837 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 10838 } 10839 10840 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 10841 QualType BestType; 10842 unsigned BestWidth; 10843 10844 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 10845 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 10846 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 10847 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 10848 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 10849 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 10850 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 10851 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 10852 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 10853 QualType BestPromotionType; 10854 10855 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 10856 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 10857 // enum definitions. 10858 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 10859 Packed = true; 10860 10861 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10862 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10863 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 10864 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 10865 else 10866 BestPromotionType = BestType; 10867 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 10868 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 10869 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 10870 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10871 } 10872 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 10873 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 10874 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 10875 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 10876 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 10877 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 10878 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10879 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 10880 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 10881 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 10882 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 10883 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 10884 BestType = Context.IntTy; 10885 BestWidth = IntWidth; 10886 } else { 10887 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 10888 10889 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 10890 BestType = Context.LongTy; 10891 } else { 10892 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 10893 10894 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 10895 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 10896 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 10897 } 10898 } 10899 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 10900 } else { 10901 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 10902 // all of the enumerator values. 10903 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 10904 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 10905 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 10906 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 10907 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10908 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 10909 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 10910 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 10911 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 10912 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 10913 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 10914 BestWidth = IntWidth; 10915 BestPromotionType 10916 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10917 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 10918 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 10919 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 10920 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 10921 BestPromotionType 10922 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10923 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 10924 } else { 10925 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 10926 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 10927 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 10928 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 10929 BestPromotionType 10930 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10931 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 10932 } 10933 } 10934 10935 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 10936 // the type of the enum if needed. 10937 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10938 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10939 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 10940 10941 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 10942 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 10943 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 10944 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 10945 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 10946 10947 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 10948 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 10949 10950 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 10951 // the enum decl type. 10952 QualType NewTy; 10953 unsigned NewWidth; 10954 bool NewSign; 10955 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10956 !Enum->isFixed() && 10957 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 10958 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 10959 NewWidth = IntWidth; 10960 NewSign = true; 10961 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 10962 // Already the right type! 10963 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10964 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 10965 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 10966 // enumeration. 10967 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10968 continue; 10969 } else { 10970 NewTy = BestType; 10971 NewWidth = BestWidth; 10972 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 10973 } 10974 10975 // Adjust the APSInt value. 10976 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 10977 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 10978 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 10979 10980 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 10981 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 10982 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 10983 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 10984 CK_IntegralCast, 10985 ECD->getInitExpr(), 10986 /*base paths*/ 0, 10987 VK_RValue)); 10988 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10989 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 10990 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 10991 // enumeration. 10992 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10993 else 10994 ECD->setType(NewTy); 10995 } 10996 10997 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 10998 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 10999 11000 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 11001 // it needs to go into the function scope. 11002 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 11003 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 11004 11005 CheckForUniqueEnumValues(*this, Elements, NumElements, Enum, EnumType); 11006 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, NumElements, Enum, EnumType); 11007 } 11008 11009 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 11010 SourceLocation StartLoc, 11011 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 11012 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 11013 11014 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11015 AsmString, StartLoc, 11016 EndLoc); 11017 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11018 return New; 11019 } 11020 11021 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 11022 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 11023 ModuleIdPath Path) { 11024 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 11025 Module::AllVisible, 11026 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 11027 if (!Mod) 11028 return true; 11029 11030 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 11031 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 11032 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 11033 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 11034 // We need the length to be consistent. 11035 if (!ModCheck) 11036 break; 11037 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 11038 11039 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 11040 } 11041 11042 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 11043 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11044 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 11045 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 11046 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 11047 return Import; 11048 } 11049 11050 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11051 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11052 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11053 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11054 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11055 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 11056 LookupOrdinaryName); 11057 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 11058 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 11059 11060 if (PrevDecl) 11061 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 11062 else 11063 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11064 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 11065 } 11066 11067 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11068 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11069 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11070 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 11071 11072 if (PrevDecl) { 11073 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 11074 } else { 11075 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11076 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 11077 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 11078 } 11079 } 11080 11081 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11082 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11083 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11084 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11085 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11086 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 11087 LookupOrdinaryName); 11088 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 11089 11090 if (PrevDecl) { 11091 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 11092 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 11093 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 11094 } else { 11095 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11096 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 11097 } 11098 } 11099 11100 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 11101 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 11102 } 11103 11104 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 11105 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 11106 return D->getAvailability(); 11107 } 11108